Skip to content
Logo-main-white.860316a8

I/O Fund

  • Home
  • Free Stock Analysis
  • AI Stocks
  • BEST OF 2025
  • Analysts
  • Nvidia Hub
  • About
    • Case Studies
    • About Us
    • Premium Services
    • Pricing
    • Notable Wins
    • I/O Fund Reviews
    • Media
  • Contact Us

Month: January 2026

GE Vernova Q4 Results: AI Demand Fuels Record Backlog and Strong Visibility

Posted on January 31, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund

GE Vernova exited 2025 with one of the strongest AI demand and backlog profiles in the energy industry. This quarter, management emphasized accelerating slot reservations, rising pricing, improving backlog margins and multi-year visibility extending into the end of the decade. 

The company signed 6GW of incremental gas contracts in the final three weeks of December, bringing total Q425 as contracts to about 24GW. As a result, the Gas Power backlog plus slot reservation agreements (SRAs) expanded from 62GW to 83GW sequentially. 

Management now expects to reach 100GW under contract in 2026, an upward revision from the 60GW discussed in mid-2025. Notably, the current 83GW under contract is heavily allocated toward 2029 delivery. By the time that 100GW is reached, both 2029 and 2030 capacity will be sold out.  

The Importance of Slot Reservation Agreements (SRAs) 

On the earnings call, management stated that reservation agreements signed today are priced approximately 10 to 20 points higher than legacy backlog, confirming the capacity scarcity could translate to higher growth.  

Here is what was stated about the potential for SRAs to grow incremental growth due to higher pricing: 

“When we look at where we're trending with our slot reservation agreements today versus our existing backlog, there's another 10 to 20 points of pricing strength in the SRAs today. We are pleased — you're right, we were talking in the middle of last year at 60 gigawatts and landed at 83 gigawatts because the intensity of the discussions, really late summer, fall, right through the holidays have continued to be very intense. When you think about this year getting to 100 gigawatts by the end of the year, what I would tell you is it's likely going to be a larger proportion of orders. Today, with the 83 gigawatts, it's 40 gigawatts of orders, 43 gigawatts of SRAs, that probably shifts towards more of a 60-40 split with 60% on order over the course of 2026.” 

As these higher-priced reservations convert into firm orders over time, management expects backlog margins and future earnings power to continue improving: 

“We expect significant growth again in Power and Electrification's backlog in '26 at better margins as we convert higher-priced gas slot reservation agreements into orders and benefit from strong demand and pricing for grid equipment.” 

Equipment Orders Surge to 91% YoY Growth 

Organic orders surged with growth of 65% YoY to $22.2 billion and equipment orders grew 91% YoY to $16.2 billion. Services grew 22% to $6 billion. 

GE Vernova exited this year with total backlog of $150 billion, up 26% YoY. Equipment backlog reached $64 billion, a 49% increase, while services backlog grew to $86 billion. Management stated they added an incremental $8 billion in incremental margin dollars to equipment backlog in 2025 alone, exceeding the prior two years combined. Because equipment delivery cycles are long, the majority of these higher-margin orders will not begin contributing to revenue until 2027 and beyond, creating a lag between reported growth and underlying earnings power. 

Electrification backlog reached $35B, up $11B year-over-year and represented GEV’s largest-ever growth in this segment. This is due to demand for substations, switchgear, HVDC and grid equipment. 

Prolec Acquisition: 

Prolec designs and manufactures medium-and-large power transformers that was owned 50% by GE and 50% by Mexican industrial group Xignux. The acquisition makes GE Prolec a wholly owned subsidiary. For the purchase price of $5.275 billion at closing, Prolec GE expects $3 billion in revenue at a 25% adjusted EBITDA margin with “low double-digit revenue growth in the coming years.” The electrification segment is guided to $13.5 billion to $14 billion in 2026 with Prolec representing 20% to 22%. 

Transformers are a leading bottleneck with lead times of 2-4 years, to where they’ve become a gating item for AI data center power connections and grid expansion. Even if generation is available, transformers are needed to deliver power to an AI data center, which leads to a direct path for Prolec’s importance in the AI buildout. Now that Prolec is fully integrated, GEV’s electrification segment will benefit from owning one of the more capacity-constrained parts of the AI buildout. In exchange, this will lead to higher margins, pricing power and backlog visibility for GEV. Transformers are higher-margin with GEV’s electrification EBITDA margin at 14.9% in 2025 and now guided to 17% to 19%. The deal is also accretive to free cash flow within the first year. 

Financials 

Q4 Revenue Beat of 7.1% 

GE Vernova Q4 revenue grew by 3.8% YoY to $10.96 billion, beating estimates by 7.1%, driven by rising AI energy demand. Organic revenue grew by 2% YoY to $10.8 billion. The company is a major beneficiary of the increasing energy requirements from the global AI infrastructure build-out, positioning the company as a key beneficiary of this secular trend. The continued slowdown in the Wind segment was offset by the growth in power and electrification segments that are benefitting from rising electricity consumption driven by data centers and artificial intelligence demand.  

The company’s revenue growth is expected to accelerate to 9.8% YoY growth to $8.8 billion in Q1 and is expected to grow 7.8% YoY to $9.82 billion in Q2 2026.

Full-year 2025 revenue grew 9% year over year to $38.1 billion. Management expects 2026 revenue of $44–$45 billion, up from prior guidance of $41–$42 billion provided at the December 2025 Investor Update, now reflecting the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake in Prolec GE, which is expected to close in February. 

Management also increased the by 2028 revenue outlook to $56 billion from $52 billion with low-teens organic growth during the period 2025 to 2028. 

Segments 

Q4 Power Orders grew by 77% 

Q4 power orders increased 77% YoY to $11.7 billion, driven primarily by a sharp acceleration in gas power equipment orders, which more than tripled on higher volumes and favorable pricing. Gas turbine orders rose 71% YoY to 41 units, while power services orders grew 15%, reflecting continued customer investment in existing fleets. 

Q4 power segment revenue grew organically by 5% YoY to $5.7 billion. Management expects high single-digit organic growth in Q1. 

EBITDA margin improved by 360 basis points sequentially and 200 basis points YoY to 16.9%, primarily driven by pricing and productivity gains more than offsetting incremental costs associated with capacity expansion, R&D investments, and inflationary pressures. Management expects the EBITDA margin to be 240 basis points lower sequentially, due to seasonality, to 14.5% in Q1. However, it would be up 300 basis points YoY.

Wind Segment recovery expected in 2H 2026 

Q4 Wind Segment organic revenue was down (25%) YoY to $2.34 billion primarily due to lower onshore wind equipment deliveries. Management expects organic revenue to be down high teens in Q1 due to lower onshore equipment deliveries. 

Wind orders increased 53% YoY to $3.1 billion, driven by stronger onshore equipment demand, primarily outside North America. Management remained cautious about calling an inflection in U.S. orders, citing ongoing project delays and tariff-related uncertainty. In offshore, the company continues to prioritize execution of its challenged backlog. 

Q4 EBITDA losses were ($225 million) or EBITDA margin of (9.5%) compared to 0.60% in the same period last year and (2.3%) in Q3. EBITDA losses widened, driven by higher losses on Offshore Wind contracts, including the impact of the recently issued U.S. order to halt construction of all offshore projects and lower Onshore Wind equipment volumes, partially offset by improved performance in Onshore Wind services. Management expects Q1 EBITDA losses of $300 million to $400 million due to lower onshore wind volume and tariffs.  

Management expects a strong recovery in the second half of 2026. The company’s CFO, Kenneth Parks, said in the earnings call, “Looking at 2026, we expect significant improvement in Wind revenue in the second half of the year given only 30% of our expected onshore turbine shipments are in the first half as almost 70% of our 2025 equipment orders came later in the year. Also, the volume we're shipping in the first half has fewer contractual protections for tariffs since we signed these orders before their implementation. As a result, we expect EBITDA losses in the first half to be partially offset by profitability in the second half.” 

Electrification Q4 Orders 2.5x of revenue 

Electrification orders were 2.5x revenue and were up 50% YoY to $7.4 billion primarily due to growing grid equipment demand, particularly for synchronous condensers, substations partially to support data center growth and switchgear. The company also witnessed strong equipment orders growth in the Middle East, which increased over $1 billion and in North America, which more than doubled YoY. 

Q4 organic electrification revenue grew by 32% YoY to $2.9 billion primarily driven by strong growth in switchgear and High-Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) equipment. Management expects a similar revenue as Q4 in the next quarter which will also include Prolec GE.  

Q4 EBITDA margins improved 410 basis points YoY to 17.1% primarily due to strong volumes, productivity gains, and favorable pricing. Management expects Q1 EBITDA margin of 16.5%. 

Adjusted EBITDA grew by 7.3% in Q4 

The company’s Q4 adjusted EBITDA grew by 7.3% YoY to $1.16 billion with an adjusted EBITDA margin of 10.6%, an improvement of 250 basis points sequentially and 40 basis points YoY. Organic adjusted EBITDA margin improved 10 basis points YoY to 10.7%. 

2025 adjusted EBITDA margin improved 260 basis points YoY to 8.4% and was in-line with the management mid-point guidance of 8.5%. Management expects 2026 adjusted EBITDA margin to improve to 12% in 2026 driven by growing backlog, favorable pricing, and improved operational execution. Management also expects adjusted EBITDA to be more second half weighted with highest revenue and adjusted EBITDA in Q4 2026. 

Q4 net income was $3.7 billion or 33.5% of revenue compared to $484 million or 4.6% of revenue in the same period last year. The Q4 net income included a one-time tax benefit of $2.9 billion. 

EPS 

Q4 GAAP EPS was $13.39, up from $1.73 in the prior-year period, reflecting a one-time tax benefit of $10.58. Excluding this benefit, GAAP EPS would have been $2.81, below the consensus estimate of $3.13, primarily due to losses in the Wind segment. 

Analysts expect strong EPS growth in the coming quarter with Q1 EPS expected to grow 127.7% YoY to $2.07 and Q2 EPS to grow 65.1% YoY to $3.07. 

Cash Flow and Balance Sheet 

GE Vernova is funding this growth from a position of improving financial strength. In December 2025, S&P and Fitch upgraded their investment grade credit rating to BBB from BBB-, and BBB+ from BBB, respectively. Both maintained positive outlooks on their upgraded ratings. 

The company exited 2025 with $8.85 billion in cash and generated $3.7 billion in free cash flow, more than double the prior year. Gross debt will remain below 1x EBITDA even after funding the Prolec GE acquisition. In early February, the company expects to issue roughly $2.6 billion of debt in order to complete the previously announced acquisition of the remaining 50% ownership stake of Prolec GE. 

Capital returns accelerated alongside growth investments, including a doubled dividend for 2026 and an expanded $10 billion share repurchase authorization. The company had cash of $8.85 billion and no debt at the end of Q4. 

The company’s cash flows are improving driven by growth in profits and also improvement in working capital. 

  • Q4 operating cash flows grew by 169% YoY to $2.48 billion with an operating cash flow margin of 22.6% compared to 8.7% in the same period last year. The company benefitted from down payments on higher orders and slot reservations at Power as well as higher orders at Electrification. 
  • Q4 free cash flow grew by 214.7% YoY to $1.8 billion with a free cash flow margin of 16.5% compared to 5.4% in the same period last year.  

Conclusion 

GEV is a rare, quality stock in the AI space that is buffered from competition. The company will see the full weight of the United States behind its efforts as its well positioned to offset the many GWs the AI buildout needs. The demand is unquestionably high, but how fast GEV can manufacture it and what price can GEV get for that capacity. Although discussions are stretching into 2029-2030, the SRAs signed in previous years for equipment orders can offer a pricing uplift and equipment margin expansion. GEV is also expediting gas turbines with 200 machines installed in 2025 and another 200 planned for 2026. With the Prolec acquisition, GEV is also becoming a strong contender on the electrification side.  

It is my best guess that when higher-beta AI stocks sell off (as they inevitably always do) that GEV offers a steadier and more of a safer, quality hedge for that trade. Keep in mind, since the AI boom began on Jan 1st 2023, GEV has outperformed Broadcom, AMD, Micron and TSM by 2X or more – proving GEV is anything but a sleepy energy stock.

Royston Roche, Equity Analyst at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the Fund’s positions. We then share that information with our readers. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis.

Recommended Reading:

  • The I/O Fund’s Top 15 Stocks for Q1 2026
  • The AI Memory Boom Has Arrived
  • Meta: Growth is Quietly Benefitting from AI, Though Margin Risks Weigh Heavy
  • Broadcom FQ4 Earnings: $73B AI Backlog with Visibility; $162B Consolidated Backlog
Posted in AI Stocks, Data CenterLeave a Comment on GE Vernova Q4 Results: AI Demand Fuels Record Backlog and Strong Visibility

The I/O Fund’s Top 15 Stocks for Q1 2026

Posted on January 29, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund

The stocks selected for the Q1 report passed stringent tests for technical positioning, competitive advantage, and underlying fundamentals. Before presenting the list, I also revisit the trends driving the AI market—as you’ll see, much has changed in just three months. 

Despite these trends being long-term bullish, the team at the I/O Fund fully accepts the inevitable downturns that characterize not only technology, but the growth markets that historically drive a disproportionate share of returns. 

For example, last year Nvidia reported mild returns, and did not even beat the broader semiconductor sectors SMH and PHLX, despite continuing to offer some of the strongest fundamentals the market has ever seen (the keyword here is “continuing”). The market is clearly not static and requires a level of discipline that comes naturally to the analyst team at the I/O Fund.  

On the topic of investment discipline, what you have in your hands is a 61-page report totaling over 24,000 words – nearly a novel. What drove this report is a mind-numbing amount of due diligence on the stocks included in the report, but also those we passed on. 

Below are the I/O Fund’s Top 15 AI Stocks for Q1 2026 and the trends driving the AI market forward.  

Reference our Q4 2025 AI Stocks list here and our Q3 2025 AI Stocks list here. 

Top 3 Emerging AI Trends for 2026-2028 

#1 Networking Shifts with Rubin, Yet Importance Remains 

As you’ll recall from our previous coverage, Blackwell and Blackwell Ultra are fundamentally a networking problem. We began to form this thesis nearly a year ago with non-stop AI networking coverage, and we have ample evidence the thesis is playing out.  

Nvidia’s networking segment surged again this past quarter to 162% growth YoY and was up 13% QoQ for $8.2 billion in revenue. We began to see initial signs last quarter from Nvidia with 78% growth YoY and was up 46% QoQ.  

This represents an acceleration of 84 percentage points from 78% YoY growth in Q2, driven by NVLink scale-up, Spectrum-X Ethernet and Quantum X-InfiniBand. For Nvidia’s systems, there is a 75% attach rate which leaves about 25% for smaller networking vendors – therefore, even though this growth is driven by Nvidia’s proprietary networking stack, the growth rates are directionally aligned with smaller players, as well. 

As discussed in last quarter’s Top 15 AI Report, Nvidia’s Blackwell architecture drives a new growth trajectory for AI networking, as it requires 5× to 9× more networking components for 72-GPU and 36-CPU systems to operate as a single node. Because these systems are now shipping in volume, the current networking stack largely reflects the companies capturing this demand. As a result, it is reasonable to expect growth rates among the highest-growth networking stocks to remain healthy over the next one to two quarters.  

Rubin Redefines AI Networking as a Bandwidth-First Constraint  

Inside the Rack: The Copper-to-Optics Boundary 

However, as we turn our attention to the Vera Rubin generation, there is a notable shift in the networking stack. While copper-based links remain essential for short-reach, low-latency connections—particularly within NVLink scale-up domains—the expansion of Ethernet fabrics, higher port counts, and the adoption of co-packaged optics are driving an inevitable shift toward optical content.  

Blackwell and Blackwell Ultra are fundamentally focused on solving scale-up problems, where the primary challenge is binding large numbers of GPUs into a single coherent node using ultra-dense, low-latency NVLink fabrics.  

Rubin, by contrast, is primarily focused on assisting higher bandwidth requirements, as the focus is now on sustaining inference and training workloads at scale without bottlenecks forming beyond NVLink. The limiting factor is how efficiently bandwidth can be delivered and distributed across racks and fabrics, resulting in higher port counts, faster link speeds (800G now and moving toward 1.6T).  

Further necessitating a need for higher bandwidth is Rubin’s “extreme co-designed” nature, as CEO Jensen Huang puts it, where “GPUs, CPUs, networking, security, software, power delivery, and cooling are architected together as a single system rather than optimized in isolation” to deliver substantial performance upgrades for inference, such as a 5X increase in FP4 performance with just a 1.6X increase in transistor count on Rubin’s GPU.  

The increasing amount of computing nodes (especially as Nvidia pushes towards the NVL576 with Rubin Ultra) along with increasing amount of interconnects means that bandwidth must also increase, from 400G to 800G and now to 1.6T, to ensure that low-latency, high-throughput communication remains across the entire platform. 

As a result, it’s expected that optics move closer to the switch, as copper and AEC content becomes constrained by reach and signal integrity. The result is a networking stack where silicon photonics capture incremental value, even though copper remains relevant and intact at the shortest distances.  

With Rubin, Nvidia is doubling NVLink scale-up bandwidth over Blackwell with its sixth-gen NVLink 6 interconnect, offering 3.6 TB/s of bidirectional bandwidth for GPU-GPU communication and 1.8 TB/s for GPU-CPU communication.  

This is accomplished with 36 NVLink 6 switches, deployed as a full all-to-all fabric across the NVL72 rack, delivering 2X throughput for inference at scale with total bandwidth of 260 TB/s per rack, versus Blackwell’s 130 TB/s. 

Source: Nvidia 

Packing more NVLink switches per rack (18 in Blackwell to 36 with Rubin) and doubling bandwidth emphasizes Nvidia’s goal of maximizing scale-up bandwidth to deliver increasing throughput and inference performance gains.  

However, the content opportunity for copper and AECs may slowly erode at the copper-to-optics boundary as the design goal with Rubin is to bring Ethernet closer to the switch, in a shift that favors silicon photonics over time, first through shorter electrical reaches and earlier optical transitions, and eventually through architectures such as CPO, while leaving copper relevant at the shortest distances.  

The industry remains favorable on copper in the near future, with Broadcom CEO Hock Tan saying that the industry will “try to do scale-up within a rack in copper as long as possible” but the shift to SiPho at the electrical-optical transition point appears to be inevitable. Therefore, copper is not going away, rather it faces a lower attach rate. This is due to copper’s reach limitations and needing GPU systems to scale further with a low power, low latency and high bandwidth solution. 

For Credo, the company is expanding its presence into optics as well with its ZeroFlap Optical DSPs and transceivers, though it faces potential decreasing AEC content. 

Scale-Out: CPO Signifies the Shift Toward SiPho 

For scale-out networking, Nvidia announced its new NVIDIA Spectrum-X Ethernet Photonics switch, which it says will deliver 10X greater reliability with co-packaged optics (CPO), bringing 1.6T silicon photonics (SiPho) optical engines directly onto the switch. Maximum bandwidth is also doubled to 102.4Tb/s per ASIC, matching Broadcom’s new Tomahawk6 switch, though Nvidia is also offering the industry’s first four-ASIC design, delivering 409.6Tb/s bandwidth.   

The push towards the new Spectrum-X Ethernet switches will reduce reliance on traditional pluggable transceiver designs. There are a few main advantages this architectural shift: it eliminates the need for digital signal processing (DSP) retimers, reducing latency, and it reduces network power, driving up to 5X better power efficiency with a lower cost versus pluggable transceivers.   

It also will drive increasing content for the SiPho-laser ecosystem and CPO photonics components, as SiPho will serve as the backbone for the CPO switches. This extends beyond the photonics ICs to include CW lasers, ultra-high-power (UHP) lasers for external light source (ELS) modules, fiber array units, optical interconnects, and more.  

PCIe Remains Relevant from Nvidia’s “Extreme Co-Design" 

Inside the server, PCIe remains firmly intact. Growth should persist as PCIe continues to serve as the foundational interconnect for intra-server connectivity between GPUs, CPUs, DPUs, NICs, and NVMe SSD storage. 

This directly ties back to Nvidia’s “extreme co-design” philosophy. As Rubin brings multiple compute, networking, and memory components together into a single, tightly integrated platform, the need for rapid, low-latency data movement within the server increases—therefore, it is our understanding PCIe as the connective tissue does not decrease.  

This extends further with Nvidia’s move to PCIe Gen6 alongside expanded CXL support on its Vera CPU, up from PCIe Gen5 on Grace. CXL enables low-latency, high-bandwidth memory and cache sharing between CPUs, GPUs, and attached memory devices, reinforcing PCIe’s role at the heart of the system architecture. PCIe fabric switches are also expected to remain critical for backend GPU-to-GPU communication and for linking CPUs, NICs, and storage at scale. 

#2 AI Energy: AI's Biggest Bottleneck 

The AI market has moved from being compute-constrained to being energy constrained. Hyperscalers have access to GPU supply, making the limiting factor how quickly those GPUs can be energized and deployed.  

As we’ve discussed in our analysis, Why Power is Critical for Data Centers and their Hyperscaler Customers, every month that GPUs sit idle waiting for power delays – revenue, profits and market share can be affected. This is especially true given GPU generations refresh annually and is driving significantly higher power requirements. 

For the energy section, I break down both the problem and the solution — each central to how we plan to position heading into 2026. Many of these energy solutions have existed for decades yet are now experiencing a resurgence in product-market fit driven by rapid AI data center expansion. For that reason, even if we have already covered the scale of AI data center investment, it is critical to double-click on why energy has become the bottleneck nearly overnight.  

The Problem: 

Nvidia’s Blackwell lineup is bringing a significant increase in power consumption, nearly double the H200’s 70 kW at 120 kW for the GB200 NVL72 and 140 kW for the upcoming GB300 racks.   

Beyond Blackwell, Nvidia’s future design lineup shows continual increases in power consumption. Its Vera Rubin generation is expected to boost thermal design power (TDP) by 50% over Blackwell at up to 180 kW to potentially 230kW per rack, with the Rubin Ultra boosting this to 600kW by late 2027.  

In its largest configuration, the Vera Rubin NVL576, dubbed the ‘Kyber’ rack, could draw as much as 600 kW (0.6 MW), or 5x that of the GB200 NVL72 in just a two-year design timeframe. These figures do not include networking, interconnects, cooling and other hardware, which will further boost power draw per rack. 

Existing data center infrastructure is largely incompatible with next-gen AI. Nearly 70% of data centers were built for 4-9kW racks with fewer than 2% able to handle even 50kW, which is forcing new construction and major retrofits. 

Furthermore, there exists a significant disconnect between when hyperscale and colocation developers expect to have site power, and when utilities expect to be able to deliver said power. Connecting new data centers to the grid in quick fashion may not be the most feasible option for hyperscalers looking to deploy gigawatts of capacity quickly, and instead, alternative power sources may be in higher demand. 

For example, across the board, developers are expecting to have power delivered by late 2026 to early 2027 on average, with most regions seeing expectations as early as late 2025. This is likely driven by consistent strong demand for AI infrastructure services, as new capacity will allow hyperscalers to meet more demand and drive more revenue. 

Yet, utilities do not expect to be able to meet these delivery timelines in most of these primary and secondary markets, with many projecting late 2027 through 2028, with major hub Northern Virginia seeing one of the longest timelines at nearly 2029. 

Most importantly, the AI race is not merely a battle between companies like Google, Amazon and Microsoft. Rather, it is a battle among global powers. While the news has latched onto China-fears such as DeepSeek, tariffs or rare earth materials, and H200 bans (that are later lifted), the true challenge lies in the fact that China has significantly more power than the United States.  

In a recent Fortune article, energy experts stated China’s reserve margin has never dipped below 80% to 100% nationwide, meaning it’s at 2X the capacity the country needs. Meanwhile, the United States is at a 15% reserve margin. The article states, “The gap in readiness is stark: While the U.S. is already experiencing political and economic fights over whether the grid can keep up, China is operating from a position of abundance.” Specifically, the article calls out that large-scale infrastructure projects depend heavily on private investment, yet returns can take years and up to a decade to pay off. Meanwhile, private investors greatly prefer software with returns realized on a much shorter timeline.  

Therefore, there are dual forces placing outsized pressure on this trend – not only is the AI data center expansion physically dependent on power availability and it is now the bottleneck, but one could argue that United States global dominance is also highly dependent on this sector. The United States undeniably has the world’s best design companies with Nvidia, AMD, Broadcom and soon TSM will be on our soil. We also have the best software companies – from Big Tech to the entrepreneurial culture of our country with startups coast to coast.  

What the United States doesn’t have is enough power.doesn’t have is enough power. 

The Solution: 

The bottleneck has shifted from compute supply to energy. As a research firm, we want to be early in providing you analysis on the companies that solve this problem, as energy determines the timing and economics of AI deployment. 

The disconnect described above is driving demand for behind-the-meter power, on-site natural gas turbines, fuel cells, nuclear and SMRs in the long-term and retrofitted Bitcoin mining sites. Each GW of AI data center capacity costs roughly $30 to $38 billion all-in, which puts total required capex into the trillions this decade.  

Compute still remains the bulk of the data center spend (i.e., the overall pie), however, energy is growing its slice of the pie. Breaking it down on a MW basis, Alpha Matica, an AI consultant company that specializes in AI, states electrical systems are 50% of the initial construction costs which range from $900M to $1.5B per 100MW.  

There are multiple different ways that hyperscalers, neoclouds and developers can get power to data centers to meet upcoming demand growth over the next few years, each offering its own benefits and drawbacks.  

Grid interconnection: This is when data centers connect to the power grid under standard service, providing access to flexible power needs with no additional capex and a wide range of power generation options, including renewables. However, grid interconnection requests are often the longest time to power, ranging from three to seven years for hyperscale data centers in most key markets. 

Behind-the-meter: How Power is Contracted can offer a time to power advantage 

BTM refers to when data centers connect directly to the power source and bypass the retail grid (meter) and associated tariffs, which can offer significant time advantage with stand-up times often in the range of several months to a year, along with cost savings from buying power direct versus at retail price.  

BTM arrangements also provide greater control over power supply and reduce exposure to grid outages. These deals can be structured across multiple power sources, including solar, wind, nuclear, and natural gas.  

On-site power generation: Where Power is located can offer time to power benefits and is increasingly becoming attractive to AI data centers 

With on-site power, data centers will install their own power source within the facility grounds or adjacent, also offering a relatively quicker time to power of a few months to over a year as this bypasses the need for a grid connection and transmission upgrades. 

These solutions are modular and designed for rapid installation, as they can be manufactured off-site and be built in parallel with a data center. This also offers the benefit of foregoing regulatory risks and delays that come with grid connections. Controlling the timeline can be a significant asset for the reasons described above in terms of when increasingly-power-hungry GPUs are shipped.  

In addition, grids are designed for lower, flatter power loads and gradual increases. With Blackwell Ultra, Rubin and Rubin Ultra on the product road map through 2027, data centers need ultra-dense loads and to scale power locally without overwhelming the grid. In addition, as discussed above, time-to-power is technically time-to-revenue, and thus, circumventing the grid as much as possible is the aim. 

Lastly, on-site power is seen as more reliable as it’s not subject to grid failures. This is why on-site backup power sources are also becoming a major growth market. 

On-site power can come in many forms, such as Bloom’s fuel cells, natural gas turbines or generators such as those from GE Vernova or Caterpillar, and in the 2030s and beyond, potentially small modular nuclear reactors. These power sources are discussed more below. 

  • Natural gas turbines/generators: Behind-the-meter and on-site

NG is a widely available fuel source with a broad pipeline in the US, offering continuous power to data centers. Turbines can come in a range of sizes and be easily deployed, such as Caterpillar subsidiary Solar’s SMT-130 turbines that xAI is using, or GE Vernova’s LM2500XPRESS that Crusoe is using, scaling up to 1GW capacity. Notably, NG turbines could help meet substantial future demand, as GE Vernova is expanding manufacturing in South Carolina to be able to ship 20 GW worth in 2027. Large (>225MW) turbines are reportedly sold out over the next three years.

  • Fuel cells: Behind-the-meter and on-site 

Similar to NG, fuel cells can be quickly deployed (in as little as three months per Bloom and Oracle’s deal), and provide continuous power for operations. Due to being a relatively newer tech, SOFCs can come at a higher cost than NG, but without the related emissions. Bloom is planning to double its SOFC manufacturing capacity to 2GW in 2026 to meet rising on-site power demand.

  • Small modular reactors: Not behind-the-meter right now (will be around 2030) and on-site or near-site

SMRs are drawing more interest for future demand needs, as commercialization at scale is not likely until 2030 or beyond. Google is working with Kairos to bring 0.5 GW of SMR capacity online from 2030 through 2035, while Oklo and NuScale are progressing with commercialization plans and a long-term combined ~20 GW backlog.

  • Retrofitting existing infrastructure, i.e. Bitcoin mining: How power is contracted and delivered is nuanced (see below); effectively on-site

Miners leverage existing infrastructure with secured power to the building, offering quick delivery times as short as a few weeks to a year, depending on cooling, flooring or other upgrades needed. Overall, the value proposition of Miners is that they are cheaper and faster than new, greenfield data center sites. 

Bitcoin mining is not behind-the-meter in a strict sense, but it is effectively behind-the-meter because miners secure direct, wholesale power through upfront contracts that are not renegotiated.  

They are considered on-site power as there is minimal transmission dependency due to co-locating near a mix of power sources (near gas plants, augmented by wind, solar, water/hydro). In most cases, even if a utility meter exists, the power system is purpose-built for that site and is not shared retail infrastructure.  

While this method can offer quick time to power for >100MW sizes with low latency, low electricity costs and cooling expertise compared to greenfield projects, miners are capital constrained and may be unable to build-out capacity beyond what is currently in their pipelines. For example, they are not suitable for training a frontier model. 

Miners have been attracting substantial deal activity, primarily from neoclouds, from an ability to deliver larger chunks of power quickly, with capex costs well below greenfield builds. 

Click here for our most recent full write-up on Why Power is Critical for Data Centers and Their Hyperscaler Customers. The I/O Fund first covered this topic  in June of 2024, many quarters before the problem became well-known. We furthered this by investing early in a Bitcoin miner and one of the year’s highest-performing AI energy stocks.Why Power is Critical for Data Centers and Their Hyperscaler Customers. The I/O Fund first covered this topic  in June of 2024, many quarters before the problem became well-known. We furthered this by investing early in a Bitcoin miner and one of the year’s highest-performing AI energy stocks.

#3: The Incoming AI Inference Market (i.e., the AI Boom Hasn’t Happened Yet) 

As you’ve likely noticed, we have been writing 10,000-foot level analysis on the AI inference phase, which is synonymous with the Monetization Phase for AI. The last few years have been marked by intense R&D and high compute costs, yet the economic reality is that training large language models is an initial research stage, and this is not the stage to expect recurring revenue and expanding profits.  

Rather, it is my assertion that AI development is nearing a crux where peak capex spending intersects steeply with low ROI. However, to call this a bubble or to claim that AI does not drive enough revenue in exchange for the hundreds of billions being spent on data center expansion is to assume we are in the final stages of AI rather than the early stages. The AI market will take off when the inference phase fully arrives – my estimates are 2027-2028 for this. However, as you know by now, the I/O Fund has no intention of being late to this trend.  

The aggregators and distributors for AI – whether that’s Big Tech, best-of-breed software companies, or enterprises that are already using AI to increase profits will be able to fully leverage LLMs and AI automation once AI inference becomes faster and cheaper. It is a mix of hardware and software that will achieve this, and we will want to assess this market carefully as the inference opportunity is expected to exceed the training market in both size and velocity. You can expect to hear extensively from us on this trend over a 2-3 year time period.  

For now, what is most important is to track some of the hardware companies that are unlocking this opportunity. We want to understand the “why” behind Nvidia’s Vera Rubin architecture, the “why” behind AMD’s Helios and the “why” behind Broadcom’s rise in custom silicon. The breadcrumbs are crucial for positioning correctly into H2 2026 and 2027.   

We will also highlight select software opportunities with the understanding that timing may be early. In these cases, price action will play a decisive role. That means if we see a breakout or strength in the chart align with product, we will move accordingly. 

Memory: 

Memory's medium-term thesis is based on the shift from training to inference. Inference workloads require only a forward pass, making them significantly less compute- and power-intensive than training. However, to achieve low latency, especially at small batch sizes, models must remain resident in device memory, which shifts the primary bottleneck from compute over to memory capacity and bandwidth. 

Forward pass refers to taking an input and pushing it through a trained neural network. No learning occurs and no weights are updated. Rather, input tokens are embedded – which requires frequent memory access, yet this step has low compute requirements. Attention layers read fixed, pre-trained model weights, and the GPUs repeatedly read the weights from memory. From there, KV cache grows with usage to where the longer the conversation, the larger the KV cache. While reading from the KV cache reduces redundant computation, it materially increases memory capacity and bandwidth requirements. 

The point of the above paragraphs is to help illustrate the technical shift toward memory for the inference workloads, whereas compute requirements on a relative basis become reduced. 

Discovery Members Discovery Members recently received an analysis on a stock that is positioned to benefit as Nvidia tackles the context memory bottleneck and extends KV cache memory with its new Inference Context Memory Storage platform. To subscribe to Discovery with 40% off, click here to email us or email  premium@io-fund.compremium@io-fund.com and mention code DISCOVERY40DISCOVERY40

Top 15 Stocks List

Section 1: AI Accelerators 

AI accelerators are technically the #1 trend in the AI market by size, and in my opinion, offer a solid way to participate with lower risk than other AI trends over a longer-time frame. While we did not rank accelerators among our Top 3 themes, given that other areas of the market offer higher near-term growth rate, that should not be mistaken for a lack of structural strength. 

As last year illustrated, keeping up on the ins/outs can be advantageous given AMD outperformed Nvidia with 3X higher returns whereas Nvidia underperformed its sector. I review this in more detail below. 

Additionally, in a similar way that doctors check vital signs, we revisit capex ahead of earnings and immediately following Big Tech earnings as this remains a critical signal to the strength of the AI market. One day, we will be tracking enterprise AI spend and sovereign AI. However, those markets are not large enough to offset Big Tech’s investment levels for many quarters (if not years). Therefore, the customer concentration works in our favor as these particular customers must disclose their budgets in their quarterly filings. 

Capex signals from Big Tech/hyperscalers (Microsoft, Meta, Alphabet, Amazon, Oracle) are projected to be around $435 billion for 2025, while initial estimates for 2026 capex are around $583 billion, up approximately 34% YoY. On a dollar basis, this points to an initial estimate of ~$148 billion in growth, versus ~$173 billion in 2025, signaling AI demand is poised to continue.  

Keep in mind, capex estimates for 2025 started out much lower – estimates entered the year at about $320 billion, or more than $100 billion short of where the year ultimately ended. Therefore, the same could be true for 2026 to where capex ultimately ends up higher by year-end — some analysts are already penciling in the five to spend more than $600 billion next year, which could mean absolute dollar growth on a YoY basis this year surpasses 2025.  

Nvidia: Greater Emphasis on Memory 

Overview: 

There are two primary factors to track when assessing Nvidia’s path toward a potential $20 trillion market capitalization by 2030. The first is the cadence of GPU generations and the product road map, which when executed well, supports higher average selling prices and drives system-level expansion in data centers. The second is analyst estimates, which when conservative, can create opportunities for valuation upside as expectations are forced to reset.  

Jensen Huang spoiled the CY2026 alpha party by stating that management has a line of sight to $500 billion across two years from Blackwell and Rubin. Our firm had already stated we would see over $300 billion this calendar year, and that statement puts Nvidia’s revenue squarely at our estimate. Nvidia resuming H200 sales could perhaps bump that up 10% to 20% – not chump change for a stock this size yet a bit boring for I/O Fund’s purposes. 

From there, things get interesting. If we look at calendar year 2027, we see 27% growth estimated to $409 billion. If we look at calendar year 2028, we see only 8.4% growth to $443 billion. Yet in the 27% growth year we will see Rubin Ultra, a 144-GPU AI system that will shatter all previous records on training frontier models as it tests the upper limits of the amount of compute, memory and networking that can function as a single node. In terms of what is accomplished on the inference side, quite a bit depends on how memory and networking evolves over the next 1-2 years to improve efficiency at the system-level.   

Let’s say we get to CY2028 and Nvidia growth flatlines – what would cause this? While the broader market likely anticipates it will come from the pace at which compute can be monetized, yet the more likely cause would be power availability first and foremost, but also deployment complexity, as we saw from the meaningful delays in Blackwell’s 72-GPU systems.  

In the more near-term, 2026 is shaping up to be a year where Nvidia is firing on all cylinders. Vera Rubin was officially launched at CES and is an architecture that opens doors for the impending inference market. Jensen Huang calls the Rubin “extreme co-design" across six elements– CPUs, GPUs, NVLink, Ethernet, DPUs and NICs – with this generation more focused on memory movement and networking than the architectures in the past (which were centered around raw compute). 

The Rubin architecture delivers substantial performance gains at the system level, with up to ~5× improvements in inference and ~3.5× in training relative to prior generations (as always, this depends on workload and configuration).  

A key driver of these gains is a significant expansion in memory capacity and bandwidth, with Rubin designed to support up to roughly 288GB of HBM-class memory per GPU and materially higher memory bandwidth. This addresses one of the primary bottlenecks in inference: memory access and data movement. 

To support this shift, Nvidia is focusing on the context memory window, which refers to the memory used to store and access the model during inference. The key-value (KV) cache is a memory mechanism used in transformer models to store attention keys and values from prior tokens. This allows models to reuse previous computations and reduce latency from increased memory usage. 

In a Discovery tier article where we covered a major memory beneficiary of the KV cache increase, it was stated the KV cache has a substantial memory footprint, and during deployment it can consume 30% of GPU memory, making it a major bottleneck for large-context applications, such as coding, natural language processing, or handling simultaneous requests from many users on large models.    

In day-to-day use, the key-value cache is the memory that lets LLMs remember what’s already been said so it doesn’t have to rethink everything for each query. Each new response then builds on the stored context instead of recomputing the conversation again. When you use ChatGPT or Claude, the prior context is stored in the KV cache rather than relying on repeated compute.  

With the Rubin generation, by expanding the KV cache capacity, Nvidia greatly reduces the need for recomputation, and redirects resources to memory capacity, bandwidth and data movement to improve throughput and responsiveness. 

This becomes even more important in agentic AI systems, where models operate autonomously across multiple inference steps rather than responding to a single prompt. Agentic workflows require longer context windows and sustained access to KV cache as agents reason, plan, and act across extended sequences.  

As a result, memory and networking increasingly determine real-world inference performance and scalability as opposed to raw compute. This marks a shift for Nvidia – and one we argued years ago would open the door to more competition in AI accelerators as we exit the training-dominate phase and we approach the inference-driven monetization phase.  

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Nvidia’s Q3 rev grew by 62.5% YoY and 22% QoQ to $57B. Revenue growth accelerated by 6.9 percentage points from 55.6% YoY growth reported in Q2. Revenue beat estimates by 3.5% and is the strongest beat in the last four quarters.  

Management also provided a strong Q4 rev guide of $65B billion, YoY growth of 65.3% and up 14% QoQ. Beat the estimates by 5.1%. 

Nvidia’s total supply-related commitments, such as for CoWoS wafers, HBM memory, or other components, surged nearly 52% QoQ to $50.3 billion in Q3, with management noting that they are “ordering to secure long lead-time components, meet the demand for Blackwell, and support future architecture ramps.”   

Where the disconnect happens with analyst estimates is what will happen after next year as this is where analyst estimates show minimal growth through 2030 revenue with $437 billion whereas I am calling for double that by 2030. While Blackwell Ultra gets us to a new milestone of $50 billion to $75 billion quarterly revenue, quite a bit of my thesis depends on Vera Rubin, Rubin Ultra and the Feynman generations – not only execution on Nvidia’s side but also power availability is crucial. 

AI Segment Growth: 

Data center rev grew by 66% YoY and 25% QoQ to $51.2B. Rev growth accelerated 10 percentage points from 56% growth reported in Q2. Management sounded confident to achieve the $500B target in Blackwell and Rubin revenue set for FY2026/27 and hinted it could be more. Networking rev grew by 162% YoY and 13% QoQ to $8.19B. Rev growth accelerated by 84 percentage points from 78% in Q2. Largest QoQ growth in about two years (and done at scale). 

Nvidia’s guide pointed to this momentum continuing into the fourth quarter, implying that data center revenue could be on track to rise another $8 billion QoQ for 15% growth. Management repeated they “currently have visibility to $0.5 trillion in Blackwell and Rubin revenue from the start of this year through the end of calendar year 2026.”  

Q4’s guidance suggests that this $50 billion data center segment will quickly be in the rear view mirror, with the $65 billion guidance implying data center revenue of around $59 billion assuming similar mix shift as Q3. This represents another 15% QoQ growth on top of Q3’s 25%, or essentially the data center segment rising nearly 44% in just two quarters. 

Earnings: 

Q3 adjusted EPS grew by 60.5% YoY and 23.8% QoQ to $1.30, beating estimates by 3.5%.  

Looking forward, analysts expect FY2027 adjusted EPS to grow 49.5% YoY to $6.83 and 26.7% YoY to $8.65 in FY2028. 

Margins: 

Q3 GM was 73.4%, beat the guidance by 10 bps. Q4 GM guide is 74.8%, up 140 bps seq and up 180 bps YoY. Mgmt expects to maintain GMs in the mid-70s range for FY2027 despite the increase in the input costs. 

Cash: 

Q3 FCF grew by 31.6% YoY to $22.1B with a FCF of 38.7%, compared to 47.9% last year and 28.8% in Q2. The company has cash and marketable securities of $60.6 billion and debt of $8.47 billion. 

Valuation: 

Nvidia trades at a forward P/S ratio of 24.3. The company has traded at a minimum forward P/S ratio of 9.6 and a maximum of 45.8 in recent years. Nvidia is currently trading slightly lower than mid-range. On the bottom line, it trades at a forward P/E ratio of 39.4. Nvidia has traded at a minimum of 15.8 and the highest of 50.7. Nvidia is currently trading slightly higher than mid-range.   

Notable Risks: 

The risks to Nvidia are low – perhaps the lowest of any stock in the tech universe. With that said, I recently stated in a Seeking Alpha webinar that the predominant constraints are memory and energy now, which means Nvidia is losing its top place in terms of GPUs no longer being the top supply constraint in the AI market. 

Broadcom: Ethernet Wins at Scale-Out & Custom Silicon will Prevail with Inference 

It’s widely understood that Broadcom supplies Google with its custom TPUs. The incoming inference growth curve, that the I/O Fund detailed here, has led CEO Hock Tan to state Broadcom may witness an acceleration of XPU demand into the back half of 2026.  

Tan stated, “In fact, what we've seen recently is that they are doubling down on inference in order to monetize their platforms. And reflecting this, we may actually see an acceleration of XPU demand into the back half of 2026 to meet urgent demand for inference on top of the demand we have indicated from training.”    

Something similar was echoed in the FQ3 call, with Tan stating: “But also as for these guys, they got to be accountable to being able to create cash flows that can sustain their path. They [are] starting to also invest in inference in a massive way to monetize their models.”  

On that note, Google’s TPU business received a significant vote of confidence recently with Anthropic signing a deal for up to one million TPUs, including Ironwood, coming online in 2026. The deal is said to be worth tens of billions.   

For Broadcom, TPUs are expected to be the primary driver of AI revenue growth in fiscal 2026 – estimates from HSBC earlier this summer projected Google’s TPUs to represent ~58% of Broadcom’s ASICs shipments at 1.79 million, but account for ~78% of ASICs revenue at $22.1 billion. This is because Google’s TPUs were estimated to carry a significant price premium at $13,000 per chip versus Broadcom’s other projects at $5,000 per chip. However, this is still less than half the cost of Nvidia’s chips at $30,000 to $40,000 for a solo B200 ($60,000 to $70,000 for a GB200).   

Looking beyond fiscal 2026, projections for TPU shipments are surging. Morgan Stanley now expects 5 million TPUs to be shipped in 2027, a 67% rise from its prior estimate for 3 million; for 2028, the firm estimates shipments as high as 7 million, a 120% increase from its prior estimate. This would project YoY growth of 40% from 2027 to 2028, a substantial increase from 6% previously, and will represent more than 2X growth in two years. 

The I/O Fund first covered TPUs versus GPUs back in 2019 and revisited the topic in February 2024 in our analysis, Broadcom: Networking/ASICs Giant and the Second Largest by AI Revenue. Since then, we’ve provided quarterly coverage for two years. Broadcom: Networking/ASICs Giant and the Second Largest by AI Revenue. Since then, we’ve provided quarterly coverage for two years.   

The shift to Ethernet and away from Nvidia’s lock-in ecosystem of GPU + InfiniBand is benefiting Broadcom, with the industry pointing to rising Ethernet demand. Arista said that momentum for Ethernet “has really shifted in the last year” while Nvidia touted that its new Spectrum-X Ethernet is annualizing at $10 billion in revenue, or $2.5 billion quarterly.   

The company is committed to remaining on the leading edge of networking with its Tomahawk 6 switch, the industry’s first 102.4 Tbps Ethernet switch. The next-gen switch doubled the bandwidth of its predecessor, while offering flexible deployment ability with 1,024 100G or 512 200G SerDes options, reducing switch count.   

This raw performance upgrade paves the way for >100K to 1 million accelerator clusters by allowing larger leaf-spine fabrics to be constructed, while drawing less power and keeping latency low. Broadcom exec Ram Velaga said that the demand for the new switch is “unprecedented” with multiple >100K accelerator deployments “using Tomahawk 6 for both the scale-out and scale-up interconnect.”  

When discussing Tomahawk 6, management points toward the flattening of the AI cluster as an important catalyst for this product, stating: “[…] Tomahawk 6 enables clusters of more than 100,000 AI accelerators to be deployed in just two tiers instead of three … this flattening of the AI cluster is huge because it enables much better performance in training next-generation frontier models through a lower latency, higher bandwidth and lower power.” The two-tier topology also reduces complexity of cluster construction and reduces congestion choke points significantly, addressing another critical pain point of building larger and larger clusters.   

Additionally, in terms of the AI networking opportunity, scale up is 5-10X more than scale out – setting up a nice trajectory as AI clusters grow. Oppenheimer analyst Rick Schafer highlighted that they expect next-gen Tomahawk6 volumes to ramp up in the second half of next year, providing added growth and gross margin boost. 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Second-highest in AI revenue among the semis. Broadcom’s FQ4 revenue grew by 28.2% YoY and 12.9% QoQ to $18.02 billion, beating estimates by 3.2%. Management also provided a strong FQ1 revenue guide of $19.1 billion, implying a YoY growth of 28.1% and 6% QoQ, beating estimates by 4.3%. The expected strong growth is primarily driven by AI revenue, which is expected to double YoY to $8.2 billion.  

FQ4 semiconductor solutions revenue grew by 35% YoY to $11.07 billion, primarily driven by strong AI revenue. Revenue growth accelerated by 9 percentage points from 26% growth reported in FQ3. Management expects semiconductor revenue growth to further accelerate 15 percentage points to 50% YoY, reaching $12.3 billion in FQ1, driven by a surge in AI revenue. For FY2025, semiconductor revenue grew by 22% YoY to a record $36.9 billion.  

Management expects renewals to be seasonal in Q1 and expects Infrastructure Software revenue to be $6.8 billion, down (2%) sequentially and up 1% YoY. 

AI Segment Growth: 

FQ4 AI revenue grew by 74% YoY and 25% QoQ to $6.5 billion and was higher than the management guide of $6.2 billion. For the FY2025, AI revenue grew by 65% YoY to $20 billion. Management expects AI revenue to accelerate in FY2026 and drive most of Broadcom’s growth in FY2026.  

During fiscal year 2025, AI revenue grew 65% year-over-year to $20 billion, leading to semiconductor revenue seeing an all-time high of $37 billion 

Next quarter, AI revenue is expected to double year-over-year to $8.2 billion.  

Broadcom’s total AI-related orders on hand exceed $73 billion, nearly half of the company’s consolidated $162 billion backlog. The $73B backlog is expected to ship over the next 18 months. This backlog includes not only XPUs but also networking components. Most of the earnings call was management explaining the $73 billion is a baseline for the next 18 months. 

Earnings: 

FQ4 adjusted EBITDA grew by 34.4% YoY to $12.2 billion with an adjusted EBITDA margin of 68% and was better than the management guide of 67%. For FQ1, management expects adjusted EBITDA margin to be down 100 basis points sequentially and YoY to 67%.  

Adjusted EPS grew by 37.3% YoY to $1.95, beating estimates by 4.3%.  

FQ4 GAAP EPS grew by 93.3% YoY to $1.74. While adjusted EPS grew by 37.3% YoY to $1.95, beating estimates by 4.3%. Analysts expect adjusted EPS to grow by 23.3% YoY to $1.97 in FQ1 and 28.7% YoY to $2.03 in FQ2. 

Margins: 

Adjusted gross margin was 77.9%, up 100 basis points YoY and down 50 basis points sequentially.  

Operating margin improved 8.8 percentage points YoY and 4.8 percentage points sequentially to 41.7%, primarily driven by operating leverage. This is up 2X from 1-2 years ago. 

The company will have to pass-through more third-party components such as memory, optics, and power infrastructure, which will lead to gross margins contracting. However, management was clear that gross profit dollars and operating income dollars will continue to rise due to scale and operating leverage. 

Cash: 

Broadcom’s cash flows are improving, driven by higher profits. FQ4 free cash flows grew by 36.2% YoY to $7.47 billion with a free cash flow margin of 41.4% compared to 39% in the same period last year.  

The company has debt of $65.1 billion and cash of $16.2 billion. The debt is high due to the past acquisitions. However, the company has a history of successfully reducing debt. Also, the company has strong cash flows. Cash has increased to $16.2 billion from $10.7 billion due to higher free cash flows. 

Valuation: 

Broadcom trades at a forward P/S ratio of 15.9. The company traded at a minimum forward P/S ratio of 6.7 and the maximum of 28.8 in recent years. Broadcom is trading slightly lower than mid-range. It is trading at a forward P/E ratio of 31.7. The company traded at a minimum forward P/E ratio of 17.3 and a maximum of 57.2. Broadcom is trading slightly lower than the mid-range on the forward P/E ratio as well.  

Notable Risks: 

Similar to Nvidia, the company is a high-quality stock with a relatively low risk profile. The primary risk is high debt, which as we have discussed above, is well controlled. However, Broadcom is in sharky waters on networking in terms of competition, and even on custom silicon with a rumor Google could be moving some orders for its next generation of TPUs (v7 and v8) over to MediaTek. 

AMD: The Element of Surprise 

Overview: 

AMD is a great example of the paradox of stock investing, which is that despite Nvidia and Broadcom posting higher growth on a much larger revenue base, AMD outperformed Nvidia and Broadcom last year by roughly 2X. 

Five years ago, I dubbed AMD the “Dark Horse” for my premium research members as the company had a mere 4% share in the CPU-data center and was up against the near-monopoly of Intel. AMD has proven there is an element of catching the market off guard that helps to compound returns. The opposite of this is known as a crowded trade – which leads us back to the chart pictured above.  

In more recent years, the I/O Fund has remained consistent in our conviction that AMD will eventually contend with Nvidia on GPUs while emphasizing that timing is key. About 18 months ago, I spelled out AMD could outpace Nvidia’s returns by 2030 stating in a Real Vision video interview that the company’s opportunity is closely tied to the inference market. At the time, AMD was in the doghouse: 

“Core to this thesis on AMD is giving time for the budding inference market to take off and mature – [I explained that]“where AMD is going to compete with Nvidia is a market that is very early, so we need time for that to mature, which is inference. Many people may get that confused, because we are fully in the AI market today because Nvidia is putting up those huge data center numbers. We are in the data center training market today; one day, we will be an AI market led by inference.”  

It’s important to note that my prediction that AMD can outpace Nvidia’s returns by 2030 hinges on AMD capturing 20% to 25% of the GPU-market. We all know that Nvidia is not Intel, and thus AMD faces a fiercer competitor on all accounts. However, the path that AMD took to overcome Intel is highly relevant. You can read more about that here and here. 

The overall thesis is that the data center GPU market desperately needs a second-place contender. Investors may appreciate Nvidia’s pricing power, but hyperscalers and companies like OpenAI do not; they’d like to see more competition and optionality including lower prices. That is why we are seeing Meta work alongside AMD to bring Helios to market and a recent 6GW deal from OpenAI. 

One key area where Helios stands out is memory — the platform offers roughly 50% more total memory capacity compared to Nvidia’s Vera Rubin rack architecture. AMD will offer 1.4 PB/s of memory bandwidth, slightly below Rubin’s 1.6 PB/s as Nvidia is said to be requiring pin speeds of 11 Gb/s, above the standard 8 Gb/s, driving the higher bandwidth despite lower HBM content. The HBM content and nearly comparable bandwidth will likely make AMD a compelling solution for inference workloads considering its price-advantage over Nvidia. 

That said, if you’ve followed AMD’s AI story as closely alongside the I/O Fund (and I know many of you have), then the most important leap in this generation of GPUs is not found in Helios specs or even this quarter’s commentary. Rather, it’s in the demand signals. For the first time, some of the most influential AI customers — including OpenAI, Oracle, and Meta — are preparing to deploy the MI400 Series in meaningful volume. That level of hyperscaler commitment is something AMD hasn’t enjoyed in prior GPU generations (MI300s), and it represents an important shift in the company’s competitive positioning. 

There are many investment opportunities in AI across AI networking, AI energy, AI software, AI data layer and more – but none compare to the sheer size and strategic importance of GPUs, particularly when there are so few players competing for that share. That scarcity dynamic is precisely why AMD remains a special case in our portfolio. 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Q3 revenue grew by 35.6% YoY and 20.3% QoQ to a record $9.25 billion, beating estimates by 5.7%.  

Q4 revenue guide is $9.6 billion at the midpoint, representing a YoY growth of 25.4% and 3.8% sequentially. It beat the analyst's estimates by 4.3%. Similarly, to the last quarter, the revenue guidance does not include any MI308 chip sales to China. However, this time management indicated that MI308 chip sales could be coming soon. 

AI Segment Growth: 

Data Center revenue rebounded strongly in Q3 as it grew by 22% YoY and 34% QoQ to a record $4.3 billion. The strong growth was primarily driven by the ramp of the Instinct MI350 Series GPUs and server share gains. However, we aren’t quite there yet in terms of a strong inflection as it was stated data center would grow 4% QoQ with strong growth server (a nod toward CPUs instead of GPUs). Server CPU revenue reached an all-time high as adoption of 5th Gen EPYC Turin processors accelerated rapidly, accounting for nearly half of overall EPYC revenue in the quarter. The sales of prior generation EPYC processors also continued to be strong.  

The last guide that AMD provided on GPUs was $6.5 billion in revenue by the time we exit this year. Management is hinting they will see “tens of billions” in their AI business by 2027. If we assume this means a minimum of $20B (perhaps more) then it coincides with roughly 200% growth in AMD’s AI business over a two-year time span. 

Margins: 

The gross margin was 52%, up 200 basis points YoY primarily driven by a higher profitable product mix. Management has guided an adjusted gross margin of 54.5% for the fourth quarter.  

The operating margin improved by 300 basis points YoY to 14%. Adjusted operating margin was down by 100 basis points YoY to 24% and missed the management guidance of 25% as the adjusted operating expenses increased by 42% YoY to support the significant AI opportunities and go-to-market activities for revenue growth. Management has guided an adjusted operating margin of 25% for the fourth quarter. 

EPS: 

GAAP EPS grew by 59.6% YoY to $0.75, beating estimates by 10%. Adjusted EPS rose by 30.4% YoY to $1.20, beating estimates by 2.4%.  

Analysts expect adjusted EPS to grow by 22.3% YoY to $1.33 in Q4 and accelerate to 26.4% growth in Q1 and 183.2% YoY growth in Q2 to $1.36. Looking forward, they expect the adjusted EPS to grow by 61% YoY to $6.35 in 2026 and 45.7% YoY to $9.25 in 2027. 

Cash: 

Q3 free cash flows grew by 208% YoY to $1.53 billion or 17% of revenue, up 10 percentage points YoY.  

Cash of $7.24B and debt of $3.22B. 

Valuation: 

AMD is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 9.2. The company has traded at a minimum of 3.7 and a maximum of 13.3. AMD is trading at mid-range. On the bottom-line, it is trading at a forward P/E ratio of 38.6. The company has traded at a minimum of 19.7 and a maximum of 66.5 in recent years. AMD is trading at mid-range on a forward P/E ratio as well.  

Risks: 

AMD carries execution risk as taking Nvidia head-on is not for the faint of heart. Margins tend to be lower with AMD as one of their tactics is to offer much lower prices than their competitors.  

TSM: Multi-Year Visibility for AI Megatrend 

TSMC is one of the least sensational management teams in the AI space, yet management explicitly called AI a multi-year “megatrend” in their most recent earnings call, with demand now being pulled not just by chip designers, but directly by hyperscale cloud providers seeking to lock in capacity.  

Management stated: 

“Our customers’ customers, who are mainly the cloud service providers, are also providing strong signals and reaching out directly to request the capacity to support their business. Thus, our conviction in the multiyear AI megatrend remains strong, and we believe the demand for semiconductor will continue to be very fundamental.”Thus, our conviction in the multiyear AI megatrend remains strong, and we believe the demand for semiconductor will continue to be very fundamental.” 

When the world’s most advanced foundry says hyperscalers are coming to them directly for capacity, it signals that AI demand remains foundational. Perhaps most importantly, TSM is not a “flip the switch" business model to where demand can be turned on and turned off quickly. Wafer capacity must be planned years in advance, which makes these signals particularly meaningful. 

While 2nm defines the next phase of the roadmap, 3nm remains the node supporting most AI deployments today. The company’s advanced 3nm node offers roughly 15% better performance than 5nm at equal power and transistor density, with die sizes estimated to be ~42% smaller. TSMC also states the 3nm process can reduce power consumption by up to 30%, underscoring power efficiency as a key competitive advantage. 

This efficiency helps deepen TSMC’s moat. While Samsung introduced 3nm chips in 2022, it has lagged TSMC on yield and power efficiency by an estimated 10%–20%. This advantage is reflected in pricing power, with TSMC charging roughly 25% more for 3nm versus 5nm, as customers are willing to pay a premium to avoid Samsung. 

The company entered volume production of its most advanced node, N2, in 4Q 2025, marking a transition from FinFET to gate-all-around (GAA) transistor architecture. By wrapping the gate around all sides of the channel, GAA improves electrostatic control and reduces leakage versus FinFET designs. 

N2 introduces NanoFlex technology, enabling designers to mix cell types and optimize for performance or power by adjusting nanosheet dimensions. According to management on the Q2 2025 earnings call, N2 delivers 10%–15% speed improvement at the same power or 20%–30% power reduction at the same speed, along with more than 15% chip density gains versus N3E. 

As chips migrate to advanced nodes—such as Nvidia’s Rubin moving to 3nm and AMD building CPUs on 2nm—TSMC stands to continue to benefit from rising pricing power, as these nodes command significant wafer premiums in exchange for material performance and power efficiency gains.

Overall Revenue Growth: 

TSMC reported Q4 revenue of $33.73 billion, up 25.5% YoY and 1.9% QoQ and exceeding guidance range for $32.2 billion to $33.4 billion, and coming in $1 billion ahead of estimates.  

Full-year revenue was $122.42 billion, up 35.9% YoY; TSMC guided for Q1 revenue between $34.6-35.8 billion, up 37.9% YoY and 4.4% QoQ (also outpacing Q1 '25 growth of 35.3% YoY); 2026 revenue guided to be up close to 30% YoY in USD 

AI Segment Growth: 

HPC revenue rose 4% QoQ in NT$ and accounted for 55% of revenue in Q4. For FY25, HPC revenue in NT$ was up 48% YoY to 58% of revenue. Recent development in the AI market continue to be very positive. Revenue from AI accelerator accounted for high teens percent of the total revenue in 2025. 

Earnings: 

GAAP EPS up 40.2% YoY in Q4 to $3.14, beating estimates by 5.2%. FY25 EPS was $10.65, up 51.3% YoY; GAAP EPS is expected to be $3.28 in Q1, up 54.7% YoY while FY26 EPS is currently estimated to be $13.05, up 22.5% YoY (subject to revisions) 

Margins: 

GAAP gross margin in Q4 was 62.3%, well above guidance for 59-61%, and up 2.8 points QoQ and 3.3 points YoY on due to cost improvement efforts, favorable foreign exchange rate and high capacity utilization rate. For Q1, TSMC guided gross margin to be 63-65%, up 1.7 points QoQ and 5.2 points YoY at MP. GAAP operating margin was 54%, up 3.4 points QoQ and 5 points YoY; For Q1, TSMC guided operating margin to be 54-56%, up 1 point QoQ and 5.5 points YoY at MP; Net margin was 48.3%, up 2.6 points QoQ and 5.2 points YoY. 

Cash: 

Q4 operating cash flow was $23.4 billion for a 69.4% margin, down 2 points YoY, and FCF was $11.9 billion for a 35.2% margin, up 5.4 points YoY. Cash of $97.6 billion and debt of $31.6 billion. 

Valuation: 

TSM is trading at a forward P/E ratio of 22.9. The company has traded at a minimum of 13.5 and a maximum of 29.6 in recent years, placing the current valuation near the midpoint of that range. 

Notable Risks: 

TSM carries geopolitical risk that has been muted in recent quarters, yet could heat up again at anytime. 

Memory: The Leading Constraint in AI Systems 

Memory is typically a cyclical industry that is lower margin and lumpy, yet it is seeing a newfound resurgence from AI that is strong enough to transform commoditized hardware into a secular trend as the AI economy is built out. AI servers use more DRAM and NAND than traditional servers, relying heavily on high-bandwidth memory (HBM) for training and inference.   

The HBM market is projected to reach $35 billion this year, doubling YoY, with Micron’s September results confirming that the market was well on track to be over $30 billion as of Q3. Looking ahead, the shift to HBM4 with Nvidia’s Rubin architecture and AMD’s MI400 series will represent another important growth lever come 2026 as HBM content per GPU and per rack surges, paving the way for HBM to potentially triple again by as early as 2028.  

Not only is HBM a focal point due to its rising importance and thus increasing content per GPU, but other memory products are quickly coming to the forefront, notably low-power DDR5 memory (LPDDR5X) and data center solid state drives (SSDs).  

Through 2026 and 2027, the outlook for HBM remains fairly positive, with SK , SK Hynix, Samsung and Micron already selling out of HBM3e and HBM4 capacity through the end of 2026. This underscores the robust demand environment stemming from AI accelerators, with Micron seeing HBM bit shipments outpacing DRAM bit growth, but also may limit revenue upside as prices have been contracted over the next four quarters.   

On pricing, HBM4 is expected to carry a significant premium to HBM3e, currently used for Nvidia’s Grace Blackwell chips. Analysts from UBS had estimated that HBM4’s price premium could be as much as 30%, though reports of Samsung’s discussions over HBM4 supply with Nvidia dwarfed that – Samsung was said to be targeting price parity with SK Hynix on HBM4 around $500, up ~50% from the mid-$300s for HBM3e. These price increases will support strong growth as HBM4 volumes ramp.  

Looking forward, industry analysts project the HBM market to reach $98 billion to $100 billion by 2030, representing a 31.5% CAGR from 2024’s $18 billion, outpacing DRAM’s growth by 3X, which is expected to rise at an 11.7% CAGR to $194 billion. As a result, HBM’s share of DRAM revenue is expected to surpass 50%.   

However, in its Q1 report, Micron said it now expects the HBM TAM to reach $100 billion as early as 2028, two years sooner than its prior forecast. This would represent a ~42% CAGR from $35 billion, or more than 10 points faster than the base case forecasts.   

For information on HBM3e and the shift to HBM4, DDR5 prices surging and the rising demand for memory bandwidth, plus why NAND SSDs are surging, read our December report “The AI Memory Boom has Arrived.”The AI Memory Boom has Arrived.” 

Micron: Memory Market Takes the Crown from Compute on Growth 

You would be hard pressed to find another segment of the AI data center industry posting growth to this degree on a sequential basis. Data from TrendForce estimates that the global DRAM market recorded growth of 30.9% QoQ in calendar Q3 to $41.4 billion. In dollar terms, this represented QoQ growth of ~$9.7 billion, or nearly as large of a QoQ jump as Nvidia reported in its most recent quarter.  This growth was driven by “significant increases in conventional DRAM contract prices, higher bit shipments, and growing HBM volumes.”   

For a supplier breakdown, SK Hynix’s revenue grew 12.4% QoQ to $13.75 billion, fueled by seasonal price increases and significant bit shipment growth. Samsung also reported similar significant growth in bit shipments, with revenue up 30.4% QoQ to $13.50 billion. Micron followed with a substantial 53.2% QoQ increase to $10.65 billion, per TrendForce (note that this is for calendar Q3 which does not align with Micron’s fiscal year calendar).   

As of November, TrendForce estimates that DRAM contract prices will accelerate into Q4, predicting conventional DRAM contract prices will surge by another 45% to 50% QoQ, while total contract prices (which includes HBM) will increase by 50% to 55% QoQ – this is a substantial uplift from projections for 18-23% QoQ growth in Q4 at the end of October.   

Contributing to strong pricing is DDR5 DRAM, where prices rapidly skyrocketed – from late September to early November, prices have as much as quadrupled, with impacts felt most on consumer products. Samsung also reportedly just boosted DDR5 prices by 100%, citing no stock left.   

However, revenue growth in Q4 could potentially be lower than pricing growth as bit shipments are projected to decline sequentially due to rapid inventory depletion. DRAM supplier inventory levels are projected to range between two to four weeks, a major crunch from 5.5 weeks on average last quarter and more than 15 weeks at the start of the year.   

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Micron reported record Q1 revenue of $13.64 billion, beating estimates by 5.9% and accelerating 10.7 points to 56.7% YoY growth. Sequentially, growth was 20.6% QoQ, just one point slower than Q4’s 21.7% QoQ growth.  

Revenue accelerated from 46.1% YoY in FQ4 to 56.7% in FQ1 at $13.64B; FQ2 guidance points to sharp acceleration to 132.2% YoY, QoQ growth to accelerate from 20.6% to 37.1% QoQ. Some analysts are saying this is the biggest headliner beat they’ve seen since Nvidia’s 2023 moment.

AI Segment Growth: 

DRAM products (within that HBM and LPDDR5X) were the primary driver of Q1’s results, with revenue up 69% YoY and 20% QoQ to $10.8 billion, or 79% of revenue.

DRAM revenue up 69% YoY and 20% QoQ to $10.58B in Q1

Micron’s Cloud Memory Business Unit (CMBU), which consists of its HBM, high-capacity dual in-line memory modules (DIMMs), and low-power server DRAM solutions, saw Q1 revenue of $5.28 billion, up 99.5% YoY and 16.3% QoQ

HBM, high-capacity DIMMs and LP server DRAM revenue reached $10 billion as of Q4, up more than fivefold YoY

Earnings: 

In Q1, Micron reported GAAP EPS of $4.60, up 175% YoY; this also is a sharp uptick from $2.83 in Q4.  For Q2, Micron guided for GAAP EPS to be $8.19, +/- $0.20, nearly 74% ahead of estimates for $4.71 and corresponding to YoY growth of almost 481%, a 306 point acceleration. GAAP EPS growth is expected to remain >250% for both Q3 and Q4 to $9.37 and $10.04.  

For the full year, Micron is expected to deliver GAAP EPS of $31.17, more than quadrupling from $7.59 in fiscal 2025. Earnings estimates also moved more than 60% higher following Q1’s report and Q2’s blowout guide, moving from $19.42 to the now $31.17 estimate. 

Margins: 

GAAP gross margin in Q1 was 56%, up 17.6 points YoY, aided by the strong growth in CMBU which carried a 66% gross margin in the quarter. For Q2, GAAP gross margin was guided to be 67% at midpoint, an 11 point sequential expansion and up 31.2 points YoY.  

GAAP operating margin was 45%, up 12.7 points QoQ and 20 points YoY, again aided by CMBU which carried a 55% margin in the quarter. For Q2, Micron implied operating margin to be 58.7%, up 12.7 points QoQ and 36.7 points YoY, signaling strong tailwinds from surging DRAM prices.  

GAAP net margin was 38.4% in Q1, up 10.1 points QoQ and nearly 17 points YoY. 

Cash: 

Operating cash flow was $8.41 billion in Q1, up more than 159% YoY and nearly 47% QoQ. OCF margin was 61.7%, up 10 points QoQ and up 24.4 points YoY.  

Adjusted free cash flow was $3.91 billion in Q1, up sharply from $803 million in Q4 and $112 million in the year ago quarter. Adjusted FCF margin was 28.6%, up from 7.1% in the prior quarter and 1.3% in the year ago quarter.  

Micron reported total cash and equivalents of $12.0 billion and total debt of $11.76 billion. 

Valuation: 

Micron is now trading at peak multiples on the top line as shares continue to rally, currently valued 6.5x forward PS, in line with the highest level it achieved in the summer of 2024, and well above its 3.6x average multiple over the past five years. 

However, on the bottom line, Micron is trading at a much more reasonable 12.8x forward PE multiple due to the strong margin expansion and expected 300% earnings growth this fiscal year to $33+. This is notably below Micron’s 2025 peaks around 16x forward PE. 

Notable Risks: 

Sharply rising DRAM prices from tight supply could cut into demand for consumer electronics products, which is Micron’s second largest segment and growth driver (Mobile and Client) with nearly $4.3 billion in revenue and a 47% operating margin in Q1. Any demand softness from price hikes could be felt more acutely in 2026 with forecasts now pointing to smartphone and PC shipments declining YoY. 

SanDisk: Marketing-Leading Returns in 2026; Can the Stock Repeat? 

Overview: 

On a broader level, data center/enterprise SSDs are often overlooked but equally critical as HBM when it comes to AI training and inference. This is because data center SSDs offer higher read-write speeds critical for accessing and transferring data rapidly, along with higher performance and energy efficiency, vital factors for larger-scale AI training and inference workloads.    

Nvidia is positioning NVMe SSDs to become the backbone for the Inference Context Memory Storage architecture discussed at CES, there is the potential for SSD suppliers to see solid medium/long-term tailwinds from increased SSD capacity requirements in inference-optimized deployments over the next few years.  

For example, Bernstein estimates that Huang’s CES comments on SSDs and KV cache requirements suggest an additional 16TB per GPU, compared to 3-4TB per GPU today, or 4-5X growth. This will be more weighted towards year-end and into 2027 as ICMS rolls out with Rubin.   

Similar to DRAM, data center SSD shipments and prices were strong in Q3, driven by hyperscaler demand for AI infrastructure and general-purpose servers. Revenue from the top five companies – Samsung, SK, Micron, Kioxia and SanDisk – rose ~28% QoQ to a new record at $6.54 billion, per TrendForce. Notably, this was broad-based strength, with growth at the five firms all ranging between 26-30% QoQ.    

For Q4, there are a few dynamics in play that are likely to keep prices and thus revenue growth strong. For example, supplier inventories are expected to have fallen sharply, from 10-15 weeks in early Q3 to just 7-10 weeks at the start of Q4, which was said to be ‘below healthy levels’, with enterprise SSD supply growth substantially lagging demand. SanDisk says that its storage-focused SSD is “growing in demand with 2 hyperscaler qualifications underway and a third hyperscaler along with a major storage OEM planned for calendar year '26.”  

In November, TLC and QLC SSDs reportedly experienced strong price increases, with 1 TB TLC SSDs seeing sharp increases and the “most significant shortage due to persistent enterprise SSD demand.” 512 GB TLCs were estimated to see the most significant price hikes at ~65% MoM, while the QLC supply chain tightened and forced prices higher.   

Additionally, TrendForce points out that these inventory and demand dynamics mean “supply shortages in 2026 are becoming increasingly apparent,” providing an additional lever for SSD prices to rise through next year and support more revenue growth as long as inventories and bit shipments do not hinder that.   

Overall Revenue Growth: 

SanDisk reported a strong sequential revenue acceleration in its fiscal Q1, driven by NAND demand outpacing supply and increasing demand in its data center, edge and consumer end markets. Q1 revenue increased 22.6% YoY and 21.4% QoQ to $2.31 billion, accelerating from 8% YoY and 12.2% QoQ growth in fiscal Q4. Higher-than-expected bit growth drove the outperformance in the quarter relative to guidance of $2.1-2.2 billion, per management. Next quarter is expected to see 16.5% QoQ at the $2.69 billion consensus. 

AI Segment Growth: 

SanDisk’s data center revenue, as mentioned above, declined (10%) YoY but rose 26% QoQ to $269 million, driven by increasing demand for its ‘Stargate’ enterprise SSD product line. However, revenue contribution remains small, at less than 12% of revenue.   

Management also increased their forecast for data center exabyte growth, explaining that last quarter, exabyte growth expectations were in the mid-20% range, but now are in the mid-40% range. As a result, data center is expected to be the largest market in NAND on an exabyte basis in 2026, surpassing mobile.   

SanDisk’s Edge segment was the primary growth driver in Q1 with revenue up 30% YoY and 26% QoQ to $1.39 billion, driven by increasing NAND content in PCs and smartphones and a positive PC refresh cycle. Consumer revenue rose 27% YoY and 11% QoQ to $652 million, while data center revenue was down (10%) YoY but up 26% QoQ to $269 million.  

Earnings: 

SanDisk stands out for its strong expected earnings growth through fiscal 2026 and fiscal 2027, with adjusted EPS expected to reach more than $21 by then, or >7X higher than the $2.99 it earned in fiscal 2025.   

Q1 GAAP EPS was $0.75, a strong improvement from a ($0.16) loss in Q4, though this was down (49%) YoY from $1.46 in the year ago quarter as margins remained lower YoY. Adjusted EPS was $1.22, up 321% QoQ but down (33%) YoY.   

For Q2, SanDisk guided for adjusted EPS of $3.00 to $3.40, up more than 162% QoQ. Adjusted EPS is expected to further increase to $3.78 in fiscal Q3 and $4.82 in fiscal Q4.    

For fiscal 2026, SanDisk is expected to generate $13.29 in adjusted EPS, up 344.6% YoY, while GAAP EPS is projected to be $11.53, up from ($11.32) in FY25 due to the spin off. Fiscal 2027 is expected to see earnings power surpass $21, with GAAP EPS estimated to be up 86% to $21.47 and adjusted EPS up nearly 62% to $21.50. 

Margins: 

Margins are lower YoY compared to pre-spinoff margins, but Q1 saw strong sequential margin expansion that is expected to accelerate in Q2.    

Q1 GAAP gross margin was 29.8%, down 8.8 points YoY but up 3.6 points QoQ. Adjusted gross margin was 29.9%, down 9 points YoY but up 3.5 points QoQ.   

GAAP operating margin was 8.3%, down 8.3 points YoY but up 5.6 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 10.6%, down 8.2 points YoY but up 5.3 points QoQ.   

For Q2, SanDisk guided adjusted gross margin to be 41-43%, or up just over 12 points QoQ at midpoint on higher pricing and cost reduction tailwinds, while adjusted operating margin is implied to be 24.2% at the midpoint of opex guidance, or up 13.6 points QoQ. Fab startup costs are expected to transition from headwinds to tailwinds during the quarter, potentially aiding more margin expansion into fiscal Q3 and Q4. 

Cash: 

Operating cash flow was $488 million in Q1 for a 21.1% margin, up from a (7%) margin in the year ago quarter and a 4.9% margin in Q4.   

Adjusted free cash flow was $438 million in Q1 for a 19% margin, up from a (10.5%) margin in the year ago quarter and 2.6% in Q4.   

SanDisk’s total gross capex to support the JV was $387 million in Q1, though its cash capex spend was only $40 million (1.7% of revenue) as the remainder was funded through external sources such as subsidies or tool depreciation recorded in COGS.  

Cash and equivalents totaled $1.44 billion while debt totaled $1.35 billion.  

Valuation: 

SanDisk’s valuation is somewhat hard to pin down given the company’s limited history on the public markets after its February spinoff, and its 1,000% rally in the past six months. On the top line, SanDisk is trading at 6.6x forward PS, having traded as low as 0.6x last summer and with an average multiple of 1.6x for its limited public history.  

On the bottom line, SanDisk is trading at 36.3x forward PE, having traded as low as 3x last August with an average around 13.3x. 

Notable Risks: 

The NAND flash market has historically been quite volatile, and is shifting from significant oversupply in 2023 to expectations for substantial supply shortages through 2026. However, if NAND capacity begins to come online quickly through next year, or if demand for PCs and smartphones falters due to rising memory prices, the NAND cycle could reverse and lead to pricing pressures cutting into revenue growth and margins. SanDisk also has limited AI data center exposure, contributing with <12% of revenue last quarter. 

AI Networking Stocks

Please refer to the section above entitled “Rubin Redefines AI Networking as a Bandwidth-First Constraint” for an update on the AI Networking trend, which is a Top 3 trend for the I/O Fund in 2026. 

Lumentum: EMLs Power 400G/800G Transceivers as Networking Scales 

EMLs are a critical component with Nvidia’s Blackwell generation, as the scale-up in GPU counts per rack from eight to 72 and subsequent increases in bandwidth and switch density will require low-power, efficient high-speed optics. The power advantages over SiPho also come to the forefront as power consumption becomes a central concern in scaling AI data centers, with Blackwell doubling power consumption versus Hopper at 140kW per rack. 

EMLs are the main driver for Lumentum’s growth as these are good for short-to-medium reach inside data centers up to 2km and a strong choice for 400G and 800G optical transceivers, with the company having begun its 100G EML ramp for these data rates in early 2024. EML laser shipments reached a fresh record in fiscal Q1 2026, driven once again by 100G speeds and an increase in 200G shipments. 

Lumentum’s Q1 provided more confirmation that EML laser shipments are ramping in full force, with another record quarter driven by 100G speeds and an increase in 200G shipments. EMLs have been the primary driver of growth so far for Lumentum, though the supply-demand imbalance is widening due to tight indium-phosphide (InP) capacity. Looking ahead to 2026, InP capacity will be a key factor to focus on as Lumentum is targeting 40% capacity growth over the next few quarters, with the potential for this to drive even stronger revenue growth. 

One important discussion on EMLs is that the supply-demand imbalance continues to widen, meaning that substantial growth in capacity through 2026 should quickly convert to revenue. CEO Michael Hurlston explained that “last quarter, I think we characterized it as roughly a 20% shortfall relative to total customer demand. Even with the add in supply, I would say that number has increased to 25% to 30%. We are quite a bit short right now relative to the customer demand.” 

On the positive side, Lumentum shared that while its indium phosphide fab is fully allocated due to high demand, it has made “better-than-expected progress on yields and throughput and now see a line of sight to add approximately 40% more unit capacity over the next few quarters.” CEO Michael Hurlston clarified at UBS’ tech conference that “we gave in the last earnings call a new benchmark saying, over the next 3 quarters, meaning our December, March and June quarters, we expected to add that 40%. So that’s a forward-looking statement where we’d expect an increase in capacity of 40% on what already is a doubled number.” 

Management expects to be well positioned for both EML and CW lasers ramping for 1.6T transceivers, as its capacity is interchangeable between the two components, despite management noting a difficulty in forecasting how the two will ramp – the primary takeaway here is that even if faster data rates such as 1.6T are less dependent on EMLs, management believes there is more than enough content for them to do well. 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Lumentum fulfilled its guidance for a >$500 million revenue quarter in calendar 2025, reporting a record $533.8 million in revenue in fiscal Q1, beating estimates by just 1.4%. Revenue growth accelerated 2.5 points to 58.4% YoY through QoQ growth slowed to 11%. Lumentum guided for $630 to $670 million in revenue in Q2, accelerating to 61.6% YoY and 21.8% QoQ, whereas consensus estimates were pegged at almost 40% growth to $561.5 million.  

On the financials side, the number one item was Q2’s impressive 22% QoQ revenue growth guide to $650 million at midpoint. This is significant as Lumentum is reaching its $600 million quarterly revenue target two quarters ahead of schedule, with this also marking its highest revenue in company history. The 22% QoQ guide would also reflect Lumentum’s fastest sequential growth since the September 2020 quarter.  

To put in perspective how strong Lumentum’s growth curve is, current estimates for the June 2026 quarter sit at $740.3 million, more than 23% ahead of the company’s target revenue. This is also up from $689.9 million on November 7, a 7.3% revision higher in less than one week.  

As discussed previously, Lumentum guided for $630 to $670 million in revenue in Q2, accelerating to 61.6% YoY and 21.8% QoQ, whereas consensus estimates were pegged at almost 40% growth to $561.5 million. 

AI Segment Growth: 

Components revenue rose 18.4% QoQ and 63.9% YoY to $379.2 million, fueled by “robust demand inside the data center”, strong momentum for DCI products, and record EML shipments. Looking through 2026, Lumentum expects another breakout year for laser chip shipments, supported by “better-than-expected progress on yields and throughput” providing “line of sight to add approximately 40% more unit capacity over the next few quarters.” Management added that they also “expect a significant increase in shipment volumes in the second half of calendar 2026” for ultra-high power laser assemblies, which are currently in the initial ramp phase.  

Management provided a deeper discussion on margins moving through 2026, with product pricing from supply-demand imbalances serving as a strong lever for margin expansion:  

“I think we're moving the margin line up. Pricing, obviously, is a lever. And when you look at that very, very carefully, I think what you see in the guide is some pricing, very targeted price increases happening. I think as you look out next year in 2026, our agreements with customers will include more pricing, more broad-based price increases, just given the supply-demand imbalance.” 

Earnings: 

Lumentum reported a razor thin $0.05 in GAAP EPS, while adjusted EPS of $1.10, up 511% YoY, beat estimates by 6.8%. 

For Q2, Lumentum guided for adjusted EPS in a wider range of $1.30 to $1.50, up 233% YoY, coming in well ahead of the $1.16 estimate at the midpoint. 

Lumentum did not provide a full year adjusted EPS guide, though consensus now sits at $5.35, up from $4.90 and pointing to growth of 160% YoY. 

Margins: 

GAAP gross margin was 34.0%, in Q1, up nearly 11 points YoY and 0.7 points QoQ. Adjusted gross margin was 39.4%, up 6.6 points YoY and 1.6 points QoQ. 

GAAP operating margin was 1.3%, up nearly 26 points YoY and 3 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 18.7%, up 15.7 points YoY and 3.7 points QoQ, ahead of guidance for 16-17.5%. For Q2, management guided for continued expansion to 20-22%. 

GAAP net margin was 0.8%, up 25.3 points YoY and not comparable QoQ due to an income tax benefit in Q4. Adjusted net margin was 16.2%, up 12.6 points YoY and 3 points QoQ. 

Cash: 

Operating cash flow was $57.9 million in Q1 for a 10.8% margin, down from 11.8% a year ago and 13.3% in Q4. Free cash flow was ($18.3 million) for a (3.4%) margin, up from (10.2%) a year ago but down from 2.1% in Q4. 

Cash and equivalents were $1.12 billion while debt was $3.24 billion. 

Valuation: 

Lumentum is valued at peak multiples, with shares now trading above a 10x forward PS multiple, up from the 4x range in September and October. This is also 3x its five-year average forward PS of 3.3x and at peak levels.  

On the bottom line, Lumentum is trading at 64.6x forward PE, above its prior peaks around 50x and above its 40.6x average over the past five years. Similar to the top-line, shares have seen a pretty rapid expansion from the 25-30x range in October.  

Notable Risks: 

Lumentum has many competitors in the optical transceiver space, while navigating rather severe InP and EML capacity shortages may pose a near-term challenge as the supply-demand imbalance continues to widen. Cash flows are also thin with FCF negative, and debt is around 3x of cash.  

Coherent: InP Capacity to Double 

Overview: 

Coherent is not nearly as flashy as Lumentum when it comes to revenue growth or even data center growth, yet the company is sitting in a prime position moving through 2026 as the industry navigates extremely tight indium phosphide (InP) capacity coupled with elevated demand for InP-based EML lasers. This is because Coherent is preparing to double indium-phosphide capacity via a multi-faceted expansion plan with multiple facilities ramping output in unison, while shifting to a larger wafer size that can deliver 4X output per wafer at half the cost.  

This dynamic is expected to help drive a reacceleration in Coherent’s data center segment to 10% QoQ growth next quarter, a notable uplift from 4% this quarter, along with margin expansion driving solid adjusted EPS leverage. Management also stated they expect “strong sequential growth through the balance of this fiscal year given very strong demand and improving supply.”  

On the product side, Coherent sees strong demand for both its 800G and 1.6T transceivers, with 1.6T expected to drive a significant portion of the guided sequential growth. This first wave of 1.6T growth is expected to be split between both EML-based and CW laser-based silicon photonics transceivers, with Coherent able to benefit from both as it can quickly shift capacity for whichever customers prefer.  

For Coherent’s AI-related revenue exposure, Datacenter and Communications account for ~69% of total revenue. This also includes some contribution from telecom so is not an exact figure yet provides a rough idea as to Coherent’s AI exposure. 

Revenue: 

Coherent delivered 17.3% YoY and 3.4% QoQ revenue growth in fiscal Q1 to $1.58 billion, beating estimates by nearly 3%. On a pro-forma basis excluding the $33 million in Q1 revenue from the now-divested Aerospace & Defense unit, revenue growth was 19% YoY and 6% QoQ.  

For Q2, Coherent guided for revenue between $1.56 billion to $1.70 billion, which on the headline figure would be decelerating to 13.6% YoY and 3.2% QoQ at midpoint, before reaccelerating to 15.9% by Q4. 

However, our internal pro-forma estimate shows a better trajectory for revenue through fiscal 2026 – pro-forma growth may decelerate slightly to the 17.4% YoY and ~5.7% QoQ in Q2, before reaccelerating to nearly 21% by Q4, the highest growth rate in the past five quarters. 

AI Revenue: 

Coherent’s Datacenter and Communications revenue rose 26.2% YoY and 7% QoQ to $1.09 billion, accounting for ~69% of revenue. Growth has decelerated rather steadily since Q1 FY2025’s 68% YoY print. 

Datacenter revenue rose 4% QoQ and 23% YoY. As mentioned previously, Datacenter growth was constrained by InP laser supply, with management expecting QoQ growth to accelerate to 10% in Q2 and remain strong through the end of the fiscal year. 

Communications revenue, which includes telecom and data center interconnect (DCI) rose 11% QoQ and 55% YoY, driven primarily by DCI products. Management said they witnessed strong growth in demand for ZR/ZR+ DCI products, with 100G, 400G and 800G products expected to continue ramping through fiscal 2026. 

Earnings: 

Fueled by margin improvements, Coherent reported a solid adjusted earnings beat in Q1, with adjusted EPS rising 73% YoY and 16% QoQ to $1.16, beating estimates by 11.3%. 

For Q2, Coherent guided for adjusted EPS between $1.10 to $1.30, decelerating sharply to 26.3% YoY at the $1.20 midpoint, and only showing a small sequential improvement. 

Margins: 

Coherent made solid progress on the margin front and expects gross margins to strengthen towards 42% with the ramp of its 6-inch InP wafers and higher margin 1.6T transceivers, and continued cost cutting measures. 

GAAP gross margin was 36.6%, expanding 2.5 points YoY and 0.9 points sequentially. Adjusted gross margin came in at 38.7%, above the midpoint of guidance for 37.5-39.5%, expanding two points YoY and 0.6 points sequentially. Management said the gross margin expansion was driven by “cost reductions and product input costs as well as yield improvements,” while pricing optimization was also a meaningful contributor.  

GAAP operating margin was 16.4%, up nearly 11 points YoY and 16 points QoQ, though this was impacted by a $115 million gain from the Aerospace divestment. Adjusted operating margin was 19.5%, up 3.4 points YoY and 1.5 points QoQ.  

GAAP net margin was 14.3%, up 12.4 points YoY and more than 21 points QoQ; adjusted net margin was 14%, up 3.8 points YoY and 1.4 points QoQ. 

Cash: 

Cash flows were also thin with OCF margin down nearly 10 points YoY, and FCF widened deeper into negative territory due to capex for the upcoming capacity expansion. 

Operating cash flow was $46 million in Q1, down from $130.3 million in Q4 and the first time falling below $100 million in the past seven quarters. OCF margin was 2.9%, down from 11.4% a year ago and 8.5% in the prior quarter. 

Free cash flow was ($57.9 million), widening from ($1 million) in Q4 and a stark contrast to $61 million in the year ago quarter, driven by capex of $103.9 million. FCF margin was (3.7%), widening from (0.1%) in the prior quarter and down from 4.5% a year ago. 

Cash and equivalent totaled $852.8 million, while debt was $3.31 billion, down from $3.69 billion in the prior quarter  

As a result, Coherent has made substantial progress on its debt leverage ratio, paying down $400 million in debt in Q1. On that note, Coherent’s debt has declined approximately $1 billion over the last two years, from $4.29 billion in Q1 FY24 to $3.31 billion this quarter – a nearly 23% reduction.  

Coherent’s debt leverage ratio has now improved to 1.7x, down from 2x in the prior quarter and 2.4x a year ago 

Valuation: 

Similar to Lumentum, Coherent is trading at peak multiples on the top and bottom line. Shares are valued at 5x forward PS, more than double its 2.2x average over the last five years and a significant discount to Lumentum’s 10x multiple likely due to Coherent’s lower growth.  

On the bottom line, Coherent is trading at 42.5x forward PE, just slightly below its June 2024 peak at 45x, though this is also well above its five-year average forward PE of 26.3x. 

Risks: 

Coherent’s data center revenue growth was soft in Q1 at 4% QoQ, though management expects this to return to 10% QoQ in Q2 and remain strong, thus the company needs to execute on this given the multi-faceted tailwinds from 1.6T transceiver demand and InP capacity expansion.   

Astera Labs: Scorpio-X Set to Provide a Boost Amid Tough Comps 

Overview: 

In an effort to identify a catalyst that can sustain Astera’s exceptional growth, it would be this product that does so. The X-series is used to interconnect GPUs for higher GPU utilization, resulting in higher ASPs. 

Regarding the X-Series: “And this one, like Mike noted, it's a greenfield use case, meaning if you keep Nvidia and NV Switch aside, everyone else is starting to build configurations that are obviously going to need some kind of a switching functionality, which is what we are addressing with our X Series device.”  

And on that basis, the X-Series will always be a much more valuable, much more higher ASP product than a P-Series.” 

Notably, Astera maintains their largest opportunity for the X-Series is on the custom silicon side although they foresee hyperscalers wanting to customize their racks in a way that prevents vendor lock-in from both Nvidia and Broadcom.  

Regarding Ethernet Scale-up Networking (ESUN), ESUN is attempting to make Ethernet work for scale-up whereas UALink was built from scratch for scale-up. The primary benefit ESUN offers is to move quicker than UALink (in the most recent earnings report, ALAB stated it’ll be 2027 for UALink to be fully deployed).  

However, in the meantime, Astera’s PCIe solutions are in high demand and deployable now. Even if ESUN moves faster commercially, there is a performance gap that helps to ensure that Astera’s positioning with PCIe/CXL remains intact. That performance gap is best described as the low latency required for what are the most in-demand AI workloads today – those that require memory pooling and GPU-to-GPU communication.   

For more information on how the relevancy of PCIe will persist, read more information on this topic under the Top 3 trends section under AI Networking. 

Revenue: 

Revenue grew by 103.9% YoY and 20.1% QoQ to $230.6M, beating estimates by 11.7%. This maintained Q2’s sequential growth rate of 20%, though YoY decelerated by ~46 points as the company begins to lap tougher comps on a dollar basis.  

For Q4, Astera guided for $245 million to $253 million in revenue, coming in well ahead of estimates for $216.5 million and pointing to YoY growth of 77% and QoQ growth of 8%, driven by continued PCIe 6 momentum and robust growth from Taurus Ethernet SCMs. This would technically mark the company’s first <100% growth quarter since the end of 2024. 

AI Revenue: 

Scorpio P-Series represents 10% of revenue now, yet management stated it will quickly double to exit the year at 20% of revenue. From there, management has implied Scorpio X will exceed Scorpio P’s revenue percentage. Net-net, that means Scorpio will reach 50% of revenue sometime in H1 2026 up from effectively 0% of revenue in H1 2025.  

The longer refresher on Scorpio P-Series and Scorpio X-Series is necessary because the primary catalyst we identified earlier this year has not even ramped yet. Scorpio P-Series only began shipping this quarter and Scorpio X-Series will begin to ship next year. 

Earnings: 

Adjusted EPS grew by 113% YoY to $0.49, beating estimates by 25.6%. GAAP Operating Margin Expands ~32 Points YoY to 24%.  

With the strong expansion in GAAP net margin, Astera delivered a 92.3% beat on GAAP EPS, reporting $0.50 in Q3 versus the $0.26 estimate. Adjusted EPS was $0.49, up 113% YoY and solidly ahead of the $0.39 estimate.  

For Q4, Astera guided for $0.20 in GAAP EPS, below the $0.26 estimate due to a 45% income tax rate. Adjusted EPS was guided at $0.51, up 38% YoY. This guidance would bring FY25 GAAP EPS to $1.17 (versus estimates for $0.96) and adjusted EPS to $1.77 (versus estimates for $1.58). 

Margins: 

Operating margin improved 31.9 percentage points YoY to 24% and adjusted operating margin improved by 9.3 percentage points YoY to 41.7% driven by strong operating leverage.  

GAAP gross margin was 76.2%, ahead of guidance for 75%. This marked a marginal 0.4 point sequential improvement but a 1.5 point YoY contraction. Adjusted gross margin was 76.4%.  

GAAP operating margin was 24.0%, well ahead of guidance for 17.9%, and expanding 3.3 points QoQ and nearly 32 points YoY. This YoY expansion from (7.9%) in Q3 ’24 is quite impressive considering the company was reporting triple-digit revenue growth in each quarter; this also reinforces that the company is comfortably GAAP profitable. Adjusted operating margin was 41.7%, up 2.5 points QoQ and 9.3 points YoY.  

For Q4, Astera guided for slight sequential moderation in margins down the line, with gross margin guidance at 75%, in line with prior quarter guidance. GAAP operating margin was guided to be 22.2% at midpoint, down 1.8 points QoQ but still up more than 22 points YoY. Adjusted operating margin was guided at 39.9%, down 1.8 points QoQ but up 5.6 points YoY. 

Cash: 

The company free cash flows grew by 41% YoY to $65.8M. Cash of $1.13B and debt is Nil.  

Cash flow margins contracted sharply Q3, though this was primarily driven by a large QoQ increase in accounts receivable, providing an extra layer of confidence in the upcoming revenue acceleration in the next couple of quarters.  

Operating cash flow was $49.1 million for a 6.4% margin, though OCF margin had been >22% for the past five quarters. The sharp contraction was primarily due to a $161 million sequential increase in accounts receivable.  

Free cash flow was $2.4 million for a 0.3% margin, down from 20.2% in the prior quarter due to the jump in AR. 

Valuation: 

Unlike many of the other networking stocks on this Top 15 list, Astera is below its average multiples, with shares nearly one-third off the highs. On the top line, Astera trades at 23.8x forward PS, around 10% below its five-year average of 26.6x and far below its 50x peak at the highs of $250 in September.  

On the bottom line, Astera trades at 71.5x forward PE, nearly 13% below its 82x five-year average multiple, with shares having traded as high as 140x in September and as low as 30x last April. 

Risks: 

Astera has faced some fears in the past that ESUN will become a viable third option due to the familiarity of Ethernet, though PCIe solutions remain in high demand and likely will remain relevant in next-gen GPU systems. On the financials, Astera does have to face decelerating growth rates from tougher comps, with current consensus pointing to 77% growth next quarter to 36% by the end of this year.  

SiPho Stock Could See 8X increase in Orders 

Our Advanced Market Signals members received an analysis and real-time trade alerts for a supplier of optical modules that has outlined plans to expand capacity for 800G and 1.6T products by 8.5× by year-end. Management reiterated on both Q1 and Q2 earnings calls that the expansion remains on schedule. Equipment ordered earlier this year has begun arriving, and production is expected to scale through the second half. 

This expansion stands out in the context of an industry that is growing materially, but not at that rate. Industry demand for 800G and 1.6T optics is generally expected to grow at a multiple closer to 3× this year. A capacity ramp that exceeds industry growth implies a strategic effort to capture incremental share as volumes move higher in 2025 and into 2026. 

To learn more—including how this company is rapidly expanding its facilities, why that capacity supports a faster ramp than the broader networking trend, and the resulting revenue implications—join Advanced Market Signals today.Advanced Market Signals today. Members receive real-time trade alerts, access to the I/O Fund’s momentum stock list (including this silicon photonics name), and weekly webinars every Thursday at 4:30 p.m. ET. To Join Advanced with 30% off, please click here to email usplease click here to email us

Key Supplier to the Next Ethernet Upgrade Cycle 

On the I/O Fund’s Discovery tier, we recently covered a Broadcom networking supplier that sits at the center of Broadcom’s Ethernet roadmap, supplying customized systems to two major hyperscalers plus a major deal with OpenAI for 2027. 

Growth opportunities are primarily centered around its high-bandwidth Ethernet switch portfolio focused on back-end networking, with the company being the leading supplier with 41% share of the >200G switch market through Q2, and with 55% share of the custom switch market (up from 40% in 2024).   

The back-end networking positioning is important for this Key Supplier stock as it means the company is exposed to the faster-growing segment of Ethernet switching – the back-end TAM is forecast to grow at a 56% CAGR through 2029 on scale-out, and potentially soon, scale-up demand, whereas front-end (user-facing) is forecast to grow at a 20% CAGR. 

The next leg of growth is expected with the transition to 1.6T switches, which will introduce higher system complexity, new cooling architectures, and expanded content per rack. Initial customer ramps are expected to begin in late 2026, with broader adoption unfolding through 2027. 

To learn more about this company’s positioning within high-bandwidth AI networking and how it fits into the upcoming 800G and 1.6T upgrade cycle, access the full write-up in the Discovery tier. To subscribe to Discovery with 40% off, click here to email usclick here to email us or email premium@io-fund.com and mention code DISCOVERY40DISCOVERY40

AI Energy Stocks 

Please reference above under our Top 3 trends for thematic commentary on Tech’s biggest bottleneck: AI Energy. 

Bloom Energy: 

Overview: 

Bloom Energy needs no introduction to our Research Members as it was one of our biggest winners last year with a return of 376%. Knox carefully layered in at the lows, outperforming Bloom’s 2025 returns of 291%. Even when our trims proved to be too conservative, we gladly bought back near the levels we sold. 

Grid interconnection timelines are now misaligned with AI deployment timelines. Utilities often project power delivery in 2028–2029, while hyperscalers need capacity in 2025–2027. Bloom Energy is bridging an important power gap in data center expansion as grid access and delays is becoming a limiting factor. What they offer is onsite power generation through solid oxide fuel cells that are behind the meter to reduce dependency on the grid. 

The thesis can be summarized in three words: time to power. Here is what management described as to the competitive advantages regarding time to power for solid oxide fuel cells: “A big shift in our business today is time to power. We are providing solutions to meet the urgent needs of our customers who cannot fulfill their power needs from the grid. In these cases, we rapidly book, build, ship, install and power sites for our customers in a matter of months, a much faster timeline than a grid connection.” 

For example, over the past quarter, Bloom stood power up for Oracle in 55 days – lightning fast compared to other power solutions. The company counts one massive energy partner Brookfield, two hyperscalers and one neocloud as customers (ORCL, AWS via AEP and CRWV) plus they hinted of a fourth large customer in the previous earnings call via a gas company partnership. Additionally, Brookfield is a capital partner that can bring Bloom Energy from the MW-level to the GW-level. 

Higher utilization rather than relying only on capacity growth can also help drive higher revenue for Bloom. For example, there was a hint on the last earnings call that despite doubling capacity, Bloom may be able to expand revenue by 4X over the coming quarters, stating: “As we have previously announced, we are doubling our capacity to 2 gigawatts by December 2026, which will support about 4x our 2025 revenue. That expansion is all systems go. Bloom's capacity will not be a bottleneck for our customers.” 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Bloom smashed analysts' revenue estimates by 21.3%. The company reported record revenue of $519.05 million, versus estimates of $428.07 million. Revenue grew by a solid 57.1% YoY and 29.4% sequential growth, accelerating 37.6 percentage points from the previous quarter’s YoY growth of 19.5%. 

AI Segment Growth: 

Products revenue grew by 64% YoY to $384.3 million, accelerating from the 31% growth in Q2.  

Installation revenue growth spiked 105% YoY to $65.78 million, accelerating from a (13%) decline in Q2 

Earnings: 

GAAP EPS came at ($0.10) in Q3 compared to ($0.06) in the same period last year. GAAP EPS was negatively impacted by a one-time loss related to unconsolidated affiliates of ($19.6 million) or a ($0.08) per share.  

The company reported adjusted EPS of $0.15, beating estimates by 47%, and was up from ($0.01) in the same period last year and $0.10 in the previous quarter. Bloom reported strong profits growth driven by operational efficiency, product cost improvements, and operating leverage.  

Analysts expect adjusted EPS of $0.31 in Q4 and $0.04 in Q1. Looking forward, adjusted EPS is expected to grow strongly by 84.7% YoY to $0.93 in 2026 and 122.4% to $2.07 in 2027. 

Margins: 

Q3 gross profits grew by 92.7% YoY to $151.68 million or a gross margin of 29.2%, up 5.4 percentage points YoY and 2.5 percentage points sequentially. Similarly, adjusted gross margins showed strong YoY and sequential improvement, primarily driven by product cost improvements and manufacturing efficiencies.  

Operating margins improved 4.4 percentage points YoY and 2.4 percentage points sequentially to 1.5%, primarily driven by strong operational efficiencies. Adjusted operating profits grew by 470% YoY to $46.2 million or an adjusted operating margin of 8.9% compared to 2.5% in the same period last year and 7.1% in the previous quarter. 

Cash: 

Q3 operating cash flows were $19.67 million or 3.8% of revenue compared to ($69.5M) or (21%) of revenue in the same period last year. Operating cash flow improvement was primarily driven by higher profits and working capital improvements.  

Strong operating cash flows also led to higher free cash flows. Q3 free cash flow was $7.4 million or 1.4% of revenue compared to ($83.8 million) or (25.4%) in the same period last year. 

Valuation: 

Bloom Energy is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 13.8. The company has traded at a minimum of 1.4 and a maximum of 17.8. Bloom Energy is trading at premium valuation as the company is a key player in solving the AI data center power bottleneck. 

Notable Risks: 

The valuation is a risk, yet we are less concerned as Bloom Energy is a key beneficiary of the AI-driven energy demand. 

GEV: Nat Gas Behemoth – Boring but Steady 

GE Vernova is the world’s largest gas turbine supplier at 25% ahead of Schneider at 24%. Even still, GEV nearly tripled its gas turbine equipment this past quarter – a statement that has us sitting up in our seats. Per the earnings call: “Power orders grew 44%, led by Gas Power equipment nearly tripling year-over-year.”  

Also, consider that we have been covering Bitcoin miners and other energy sources that can quickly help hyperscalers secure powered shells in the 1GW to 3GW range – yet GEV has 50 GW in backlog for gas equipment contracts with expectations the backlog will reach 60 GW by the end of this year. In other words, the chances that GEV is not a significant player in supplying energy to data centers for many years to come is nil.   

In a bid to supply options quickly to alleviate bottlenecks, GEV is also shipping aeroderivative gas turbine packages and doing extensive R&D on a small modular reactor (SMR) design. As detailed below, how exactly GEV evolves to solve the crucial bottleneck around AI power consumption is not set in stone, rather the company is experimenting rapidly with how to leverage their deep experience in natural gas, electrification and renewables like wind to meet global demand.

Overall Revenue Growth: 

GE Vernova Q4 revenue grew by 3.8% YoY to $10.96 billion, beating estimates by 7.1%. Organic revenue grew by 2% YoY to $10.8 billion. The company is a major beneficiary of the increasing energy requirements from the global AI infrastructure build-out, positioning the company as a key beneficiary of this secular trend. The continued slowdown in the Wind segment was offset by the growth in power and electrification segments that are benefitting from rising electricity consumption driven by data centers and artificial intelligence demand.  

The company’s revenue growth is expected to accelerate to 9.8% YoY growth to $8.8 billion in Q1 and is expected to grow 7.8% YoY to $9.82 billion in Q2 2026. 

AI Segment Growth: 

Q4 power orders increased 77% YoY to $11.7 billion, driven primarily by a sharp acceleration in gas power equipment orders, which more than tripled on higher volumes and favorable pricing. Gas turbine orders rose 71% YoY to 41 units, while power services orders grew 15%, reflecting continued customer investment in existing fleets. 

Q4 power segment revenue grew organically by 5% YoY to $5.7 billion. Management expects high single digit organic growth in Q1. 

Electrification orders were 2.5x revenue and were up 50% YoY to $7.4 billion primarily due to growing grid equipment demand, particularly for synchronous condensers, substations partially to support data center growth and switchgear. The company also witnessed strong equipment orders growth in the Middle East, which increased over $1 billion and in North America, which more than doubled YoY. 

Q4 organic electrification revenue grew by 32% YoY to $2.9 billion primarily driven by strong growth in switchgear and HVDC equipment. Management expects a similar revenue as Q4 in the next quarter which will also include Prolec GE. 

Due to a sudden surge in AI-related electricity demand, the company’s turbine orders are vastly outpacing demand, and the company’s order book is sold out through 2028. 

Earnings: 

Q4 GAAP EPS was $13.39, up from $1.73 in the prior-year period, reflecting a one-time tax benefit of $10.58. Excluding this benefit, GAAP EPS would have been $2.81, below the consensus estimate of $3.13, primarily due to losses in the Wind segment. 

Analysts expect strong EPS growth in the coming quarter with Q1 EPS expected to grow 127.7% YoY to $2.07 and Q2 EPS to grow 65.1% YoY to $3.07. 

Margins: 

The company’s adjusted EBITDA grew by 7.4% YoY to $1.16 billion with an adjusted EBITDA margin of 10.6%, an improvement of 250 basis points sequentially and 40 basis points YoY. Organic adjusted EBITDA margin improved 10 basis points YoY to 10.7%. 

2025 adjusted EBITDA margin improved 260 basis points YoY to 8.4% and was in-line with the management mid-point guidance of 8.5%. Management expects 2026 adjusted EBITDA margin to improve to 12% in 2026 driven by growing backlog, favorable pricing, and improved operational efficiency. Management also expects adjusted EBITDA to be more second half weighted with highest revenue and adjusted EBITDA in Q4 2026. 

Q4 net income was $3.7 billion or 33.5% of revenue compared to $484 million or 4.6% of revenue in the same period last year. The Q4 net income included a one-time tax benefit of $2.9 billion. 

Cash: 

Q4 operating cash flows grew by 169% YoY to $2.48 billion with an operating cash flow margin of 22.6% compared to 8.7% in the same period last year. The company benefitted from down payments on higher orders and slot reservations at Power as well as higher orders at Electrification. 

Q4 free cash flow grew by 214.7% YoY to $1.8 billion with a free cash flow margin of 16.5% compared to 5.4% in the same period last year.  

The company had cash of $8.85 billion and no debt at the end of Q4. 

In early February, the company expects to issue roughly $2.6 billion of debt in order to complete the previously announced acquisition of the remaining 50% ownership stake of Prolec GE. 

Valuation: 

GEV trades at a forward P/S ratio of 4.3. The company has traded at a minimum forward P/S ratio of 1.0 and a maximum of 5.3. Similar to Bloom Energy, the company is trading above the mid-range as it is a key beneficiary of rising energy demand from the global AI infrastructure build-out. 

Notable Risks: 

Valuation remains a key risk to monitor, alongside the ongoing weakness in the Wind segment. That said, management expects a meaningful recovery in the wind business to materialize in the second half of 2026. 

Please note, GEV reported earlier today with updated earnings report hitting inboxes Thursday.  

PJM Auction Stock: A Stock that Benefits from Grid Stress 

For our Discovery tier, we covered a stock that is grid dependent with up to 13GW of power, of this 1.9GW is contracted with a hyperscaler. The remaining capacity includes gas plants that are grid dependent, which means it does not solve time-to-power, but rather is a leveraged bet on auction pricing and wholesale pricing. These gas plants offer sizable capacity as they generate electricity for the grid rather than being load specific. 

Although this company does not solve the urgency around the AI data center expansion as transmission and grid allocation remain hurdles, it materially benefits as PJM pricing tightens. The investment thesis for the 13GW is that grid stress would cause the loads to run more often and clear at higher energy and higher capacity pricing. 

In our Discovery analysis, it’s pointed out that due to the rapid tightening in power supply, clearing prices for the PJM auction have surged to the tune of 11X over the past two years. Much of this arose in the 2025/26 auction, where clearing prices jumped 833% from $28.92/MW-day to $269.17/MW-day, reaching the annual cap. The 2026/27 auction saw prices once again hit the FERC-approved cap at $329.17/MW-day, a 22% YoY increase. 

As a merchant generator, this stock benefits from grid stress. Although hyperscalers must solve the issue of transmission, such as building data centers near the power assets, this can be hard to produce at scale. To help alleviate this, the operator is targeting regions popular for data centers for current capacity and newer acquisitions, such as Pennsylvania, Ohio and Maryland. 

To learn more about stocks in our new idea generation (NIG) pipeline, including a Top 10 list of NIG stocks, join Discovery todayjoin Discovery today. To subscribe to Discovery with 40% off, click here to email usclick here to email us or email premium@io-fund.com and mention code DISCOVERY40DISCOVERY40

AI Software: Tougher Trade than Previous Cycles

The I/O Fund has approached the AI software trade with caution as it’s been our contention that cloud software will go through a period of consolidation. In fact, we expressed this quite clearly in December of 2022, stating in the article “Slowing Growth in Cloud Stocks: When Will We Hit a Bottom?” 

“In some ways, the Q4 guides – assuming most come in at or near those guides – marks a historic slowdown for cloud as it’s always been a resilient category.” 

I emphasized this again in March of 2023: 

“There are a lot of cloud software bulls and for good reason, this category has treated investors well with predictable revenue growth. Cloud software is resilient because it drives down costs and increases productivity. We know this scenario well as we wrote about it many times in the past few years to defend cloud. Often, cloud selloffs were welcomed to position for a 6-month bounce back after the category sold off (40%) or more. I pointed this out in the past on the free side and here on MarketWatch (behind paywall) in 2019 (i.e., when we weren’t facing a brick wall on growth). 

The issue with this assumption is that Cloud growth is actually slowing down —- that is the reality of things —- and this wasn’t true in 2019 and hasn’t been true in the last decade. Couple this with weak bottom lines that require cash injections, and what get is a sector that is largely out of favor.” 

Around that time, I was on Real Vision and was asked for a long-only pick (I chose NVDA) and which stock(s) I would short (I chose GTLB and Bill.com). Here are the results after three years: 

I share this perspective because the opportunity cost in technology is immense—staying invested in the wrong areas can be just as costly as missing the right ones. While we spend significant time on AI semiconductors today, many of our Research Members originally found us through cloud software ahead of COVID. At that time, we made a deliberate—and unpopular—call that it was time to move on from cloud and reposition for what was next.  

How does this apply to AI software? 

First, we continue to see downward pressure on cloud stocks. Anthropic was the cause of a selloff recently after the company announced Claude Cowork, a new autonomous agent tool that builds spreadsheets, draft reports, browses the web and executes multi-step tasks. This marks an early attempt for an R&D firm to go after recurring, high-margin enterprise software budgets. Frankly, it makes a ton of sense that R&D firms will go for this low-hanging fruit, which is enterprise software that is not AI native. 

Overall, I predict that we will see immense disruption in the software layer to where the I/O Fund is considering very few software stocks for our portfolio at the moment. For every Palantir, there will be dozens that do not survive the incoming AI inference cycle. 

This is distinct from hardware, where in many instances, legacy players offer the most competitive solution given the hardware cycle requires many iterations, requires deeply entrenched supply chains and large, upfront capital investments compared to software. The barrier to entry on hardware is quite high, and that ultimately has played out well for public investors since the biggest winners across compute, networking, memory and power components are on the public markets as opposed to being smaller teams incubated in the private markets.  

Conservative tech investors looking for a small slice of AI exposure will gravitate toward software and may capture a winner or two, but that approach does not represent the full-fledged AI participation our portfolio seeks. Those who chase high-margin, recurring revenue only are not seeing the full picture, which is that software is the easiest path to compete and ultimately disrupt.  

Finally, because the Street tends to stick to what is familiar, software valuations will skyrocket leaving most investors exposed to buying high from the exuberance and selling low when early participants take gains. Avoiding this trap is critical.  

I took the long way to say that AI hardware remains the easier trade for public investors, while private investors will gun for the software market. CrunchBase says North American AI startups raised ~$168B in 2025, led by OpenAI’s $40B round and Anthropic’s $13B round, with funding soaring 46% in 2025. Eventually, venture capitalists will cash-in by putting leading AI software companies on the public markets, but it benefits them to wait a few years. Meanwhile, the I/O Fund is hard at work to make sure our Members can participate early in the cycle, and strategically too – I have no interest in waiting for AI software IPOs with bloated valutions when this report contains stocks supplying that private capital today. 

With that said, we have our eyes on the following stocks: 

Reddit: Contextual, High-Intent Data 

Reddit represents monetization momentum in the AI era as its data is highly valuable for training LLMs. There is something far more important that Reddit provides in the AI era than simply a forum; rather Reddit offers a continuous supply of human-generated conversations. What was once a forum is now a wealth of opinions and loads of sentiment that AI models desperately need to produce more natural and sentient-sounding responses. A few months back, Reddit announced they are suing companies like Perplexity and Anthropic for scraping their site.  

In exchange for data, Reddit ranks high on Google Search and in AI search results from Open AI, as well. This has helped Reddit move from #85 ranked site to #2 and #3 in 2025. In the last earnings call, management stated they are currently ranked #3: “Today, Reddit is the #3 most visited site in the U.S. for Semrush October 2025. That puts us in a rare company. YouTube is #2 and Amazon is #4.”  

The increased search ranking helped Reddit grow both their daily active users (DAUq) and weekly active users (WAUq) at a rate of 20% YoY.  

From the IOF’s internal checks, as of January 15th, Reddit has continued to have the 3rd place among the most visible site with YouTube taking the 2nd place spot. 

For user engagement, our internal checks show that Reddit notched 3.972 billion visits in October, up 4.5% MoM. For November, it was down (0.70%) MoM to 3.945 billion, better than Facebook’s decline of (4%) MoM to 11.27 billion. For December, Reddit’s monthly visits grew by 6.8% MoM to 4.2 billion, while Facebook’s MoM visits grew by 5.1% to 11.85 billion. 

With that said, Reddit’s report is not a slam dunk. First, the logged-out user growth is outpacing the logged-in user growth, which will take some getting used to for Street analysts as they often imply in the Q&A that logged-out users don’t monetize as well. Reddit may ultimately prove this wrong, but as an analyst team, we like to note where nearly-perfect fundamentals face headwinds. In this case, the concerns are not rooted in results, as the company has reported strong financials since the Google-sparked inflection. 

The company is rumored to be seeking a dynamic pricing model “where pay would be determined by how useful or important content is to the answers generated by AI tools.” This could provide more upside to Reddit’s data licensing side, which currently accounts for 6% of revenue in Q3, considering how frequently it is cited in AI Overviews and on ChatGPT. 

During the last earnings call, an analyst noted that roughly half of Reddit’s traffic is direct, while half comes from Google. Management confirmed the 50/50 split is “approximate, but pretty close.” This means Reddit is receiving an additional benefit from Google that isn’t fully visible within the data licensing revenue line item – rather, it’s mainly visible in the strong advertising growth from the traffic Google is sending to Reddit. Overall, the true impact of Reddit’s partnership with Google is hard to quantify. 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Reddit once again reported stellar revenue growth of 67.9% YoY and 17.1% QoQ to $584.9 million. Revenue growth was more than 60% for the fifth consecutive quarter. The company’s Q3 revenue beat the analyst’s estimates by 6.4%. The strong growth was primarily driven by 74% YoY growth in the advertising revenue to $549 million. The total active advertising customers grew by over a solid 75% YoY as the company added new accounts across businesses, including large mid-market and SMB businesses. 

While its other revenues, which include licensing deals with Google and OpenAI, rose by a modest 7% YoY to $36 million. Regionally, revenue grew 67% and 74% YoY in the US and internationally, respectively 

AI Segment Growth: 

The company’s Q3 Average revenue per user (ARPU) grew by 41% YoY to $5.04. Management believes that this is still low on an absolute basis and remains an opportunity for the company. Though growth has decelerated from 47% reported in Q2 due to tough comps, it was up 11% on a sequential basis.  

The US ARPU grew by 54% YoY to $9.04, a 5-point deceleration from a strong 59% YoY growth in Q2. However, it grew by 15% sequentially.  

The International ARPU grew by 39% YoY to $1.84, a slight deceleration from the 40% growth reported in Q2 and was up 6% sequentially. 

The company’s Daily Active Uniques (DAUq) are witnessing strong international growth. The Daily Active Uniques (DAUq) global grew by 19% YoY to 116 million. While US growth is stabilizing as it grew by 7% YoY to 51.6 million, it showed a sequential growth of 3%, while it was flat in Q2. The international DAUq growth was solid as it was up 31% YoY to 64.4 million.  

The company’s Weekly Active Uniques (WAUq) grew by 21% YoY to 443.8 million. International growth outpaced US growth as it grew by 37% YoY to 256 million, while the US grew by 6% YoY to 187.8 million.  

Earnings: 

Analysts expect strong EPS CAGR of 49% during the period 2025 to 2027. EPS is expected to grow from $2.32 in 2025 to $12.74 for the year 2030, growing at a CAGR of 41%.  

The company’s Q3 GAAP EPS grew by 400% YoY and 78% sequentially to $0.80, beating analyst estimates by a solid 53.8%. Analysts expect EPS to grow 119.6% YoY to $0.79 in Q4 and 226.7% YoY growth to $0.42 in Q1 2026. Looking forward, they expect EPS to grow 76.3% YoY to $3.35 in 2026 and 39.9% YoY to $4.69 in 2027.  

Q3 adjusted EBITDA grew by 151% YoY to $236 million. Adjusted EBITDA margin improved by 13.3 percentage points YoY and 6.9 percentage points sequentially to 40.3%, beating the management guidance by 5.1 percentage points. 

Margins: 

Q3 gross profits grew by 69.7% YoY to $532.4 million with a gross margin of 91%. The gross margin is up 90 basis points YoY and up 20 basis points sequentially. The company reported its fifth consecutive quarter of above 90% gross margins.  

Operating income was $138.5 million compared to a mere $6.9 million in the same period last year. Operating margin improved by 21.7 percentage points YoY and 10.1 percentage points sequentially to 23.7%, primarily driven by operating leverage.  

Cash: 

The company reported strong cash flows primarily driven by record profits.  

Q3 operating cash flows grew by 158.6% YoY to $185.16 million with an operating cash flow margin of 31.7%, up 11.1 percentage points YoY.  

Q3 free cash flows grew by 160.5% YoY to $183.1 million, with a free cash flow margin of 31.3%, up 11.1 percentage points YoY. The company generated $510 million in free cash flows in the last twelve months. 

Valuation: 

Reddit is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 13. The company has traded at a low of 4.2 and a high of 24.4 since the company’s listing in March 2024. Reddit is currently trading at the mid-range. On the bottom-line, the company is trading at a forward P/E ratio of 35.3 with a low of 18.3 and a high of 95.8. It is trading lower than the mid-range of 57. It is also important to note that the company only achieved GAAP profitability in Q4 2024, which limits the usefulness of earlier P/E comparisons. Looking ahead, earnings growth remains strong, with EPS expected to increase from $2.33 in 2025 to $12.73 by 2030, representing a 40.4% CAGR and suggesting meaningful upside as profitability scales. 

Notable Risks: 

Reddit’s primary risk is the surge in traffic relies on a third-party relationship with Google that could be terminated at any time. It may not be terminated given the emphasis on contextual data for models, yet the recent success hinges on this data licensing deal. 

AppLovin: Sentiment Doesn’t Match Fundamentals 

AppLovin is a stock that needs a strong technical analysis overlay. Despite fundamentals that rank the company as one of the strongest FA stocks in the tech sector, the market struggles with AppLovin following short seller reports and other sentiment-driven concerns.  

From a 10,000-foot view, AppLovin is in the crosshairs of Big Tech, as it’s one of the only grassroots companies to emerge as a formidable data-driven advertising player since the walled gardens of Facebook and Google solidified in the early 2010s. It’s unfortunate that healthy competition to Big Tech often has a target on its back, as I’ve seen many times throughout the years (Zoom’s so-called security and encryption issues come to mind when they offered similar settings as Microsoft Teams).  

Point being, it’s hard to find fault in AppLovin’s exceptional fundamentals, yet technicals suggest there will be continued volatility that must be closely navigated.  

Regarding potential catalysts, although very early and based on small numbers, management stated AXON’s self-serve feature is seeing strong traction with advertiser spend growing 50% week-over-week since the launch October 1st. This is invite-only, referral-based demand in the e-commerce vertical with the platform expected to open up more broadly in early 2026.  

“While it takes a while for new customers to get going, to integrate, to learn how to use our system and to ramp spend, we're already seeing spend from these self-service advertisers grow around roughly 50% week-over-week. It's too soon to be significant, but this type of early growth gives us even more confidence that our platform will excel at being an open platform to any type of advertiser.” 

According to management, their AI models continually learn for better behavior targeting and ad personalization. Generative-AI based creatives are also a feature being built out to generate more effective ads (also leading to higher conversion rates). An area where Applovin sets themselves apart is the 35 second ad creatives compared to 7 seconds on social, which could (presumably) also lead to higher conversions.  

According to management, improving conversion rates is a path to sustained growth: “We believe that giving our powerful recommendation engine, a more diverse set of advertisers to recommend will dramatically improve conversion rates, paving the way for elevated growth rates for years to come.”  

Overall, it’s important to remember that Applovin is demand constrained rather than supply constrained as they reach over 1 billion users. Therefore, opening up the AXON ad manager to more demand is the primary catalyst for the next few quarters. 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

AppLovin reported strong revenue of $1.405 billion, beating analysts' estimates by a solid 4.7%. The company’s revenue grew by 68.2% YoY and 11.6% QoQ. 

However, investors should be aware that App’s long-term target is much lower at 20% to 30% – yet management has openly discussed their path to > 30% growth. At Goldman Sachs’ Communacopia conference, executives dove deeper into the long-term growth framework provided in Q2, calling for a baseline 20% to 30% annual growth. Management explained that this hinges on two primary factors: reinforcement learning and continuous improvement on the ad engine, and opening the recommendation engine up to e-commerce and exposing it to a wealth of new demand.  

The update regarding 20% to 30% growth is the self-service platform could help exceed this baseline: “We're still believing very confidently in this 20% to 30% long-term growth rate in our core category. But even in the core, we're beating that. And then now you're layering on, on top of that, all this opportunity with the self-service platform” 

AI Segment Growth: 

The company’s Q3 advertising revenue grew by 68.3% YoY to $1.405 billion. The ad revenue exceeded the management guidance by a solid 5.6%, primarily driven by strong gaming advertising revenue.  

Management guided advertising revenue of $1.57 billion to $1.60 billion, representing a YoY growth of 58.6% at the midpoint. Management stated that the guidance incorporates optimism around the e-commerce referral program, continued model enhancements, and the normal holiday seasonality. 

Earnings: 

Gross profits grew by a solid 72.2% YoY to $1.23 billion, with a gross profit margin of 87.6%. The gross profit margin was up 210 basis points YoY and down 10 basis points sequentially. 

Operating profits grew by 102% YoY to $1.08 billion, driven by solid operating leverage. The operating margin improved by 12.8 percentage points YoY to 76.8%. 

Margins: 

Gross profits grew by a solid 72.2% YoY to $1.23 billion, with a gross profit margin of 87.6%. The gross profit margin was up 210 basis points YoY and down 10 basis points sequentially. 

Operating profits grew by 102% YoY to $1.08 billion, driven by solid operating leverage. The operating margin improved by 12.8 percentage points YoY to 76.8%. 

Cash: 

Q3 operating cash flows grew by 91.3% YoY to $1.05 billion with a margin of 75%, up 9.1 percentage points YoY.  

Q3 free cash flows grew by 92.4% YoY to $1.049 billion with a free cash flow margin of 74.7%, up 9.4 percentage points YoY.  

The company’s cash improved to $1.67 billion, up from $1.19 billion at the end of the previous quarter. While debt remained the same at $3.51 billion. 

Valuation: 

APP is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 22.7. The company has traded at a minimum of 1.1 and a maximum of 43.2. On the bottom line, the company is trading at a forward P/E ratio of 37.6. APP has traded at a minimum of 3.1 and a maximum of 73.1 in recent years. Currently, it is trading at mid-range. 

Notable Risks: 

APP is the subject of short reports, and the company has been under an SEC probe over its data collection practices. In addition, the stock’s strong outperformance over the past three years raises the bar for future execution, as market expectations are elevated. However, we think the AI-powered ads business model, which has driven strong revenue and profit growth and a strong market presence, is worth a shot, especially when using technicals to guide our entries and exits. 

Cloudflare: Early but the Positioning is One of a Kind 

As pointed out in our analysis: “Cloudflare Entering Act 3 to Become a Leader in AI Inference at the Edge,” the company has a few distinct advantages as the platform of choice for AI developers. Here’s a summary:  

  • Does not rely on Big 3 infrastructure and can drive down costs  
  • Is faster on performance because of its position at the edge; this lowers costs and latency for AI inference and keeps data as close to the user as possible  
  • Geographically equipped to handle compliance issues that will inevitably result from using training data for inference.   
  • The company has moved diligently into compute, storage and application services. Combined with its global network, this positions the company for AI inference as-a-service. There is no other company doing both edge network plus compute and storage except the hyperscalers. However, in some cases such as serverless, Cloudflare exceeds the performance of the hyperscalers.  
  • CDN as a core product and security as a seamless upgrade shows the importance of being a middleman, helping to position Cloudflare to innovate around Serverless in ways that outperform even AWS.     
  • Training models is prohibitively expensive by requiring upfront costs, Nvidia GPUs are hard to obtain, and AI development is not democratized for developers with proprietary, blackbox APIs that run counter to an open-source movement (GPT-4 versus Llama). Cloudflare aims to solve these problems by allowing popular models to run closer to the user, which is the next logical step for AI. 

Ultimately, the bigger and the faster a network is, the more it’s capable of providing “as a service.” AI can create a fortuitous moment for Cloudflare because the company is both positioned to offer AI inference-as-a-service yet also solves important pain points for developers.  

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Cloudflare reported its largest beat since Q1 2022, reporting revenue of $562.0 million in Q3, 3.1% ahead of estimates as growth accelerated nearly three points to 30.7%. This also marked Cloudflare’s first >30% growth quarter in the past five and its fastest revenue growth in the last seven quarters. This is the first step in confirming a sustained revenue acceleration aided by AI, yet the more important piece is showing that >30% growth can actually be sustained. 

For Q4, Cloudflare guided for revenue of $588.5 to $589.5 million, a slight deceleration to 28% on the topline. This was ahead of estimates for $580.8 million 

AI Segment Growth: 

Cloudflare has not broken out specific AI revenue or contribution to growth, although other key metrics strengthen significantly in Q3. 

RPO was $2.14 billion, accelerating four points to 43% YoY, while current RPO accounted for 64% of RPO, or ~$1.37 billion. Current RPO rose ~30% YoY, a three point deceleration from 33% in Q2. Billings growth accelerated sharply, from 33% in Q2 to 40% in Q3, rising to $624.4 million. 

Paying customer growth accelerated six points sequentially to 33% YoY, impressive at this scale considering paying customers now total 295,552. Growth was 10% QoQ, the highest on record since at least 2022. Additionally, DBNRR ticked five points higher sequentially to 119%, the highest since Q4 2022, driven by accelerating spending at its largest customers 

Earnings: 

Cloudflare reported a solid adjusted EPS beat in Q3, reporting 35% YoY growth to $0.27 versus the $0.23 estimate. GAAP EPS was on the brink of shifting to positive territory at ($0.00), versus the ($0.07) estimate. 

For Q4, Cloudflare guided for adjusted EPS to be flat QoQ at $0.27, up 42% YoY. For fiscal 2025, Cloudflare raised its adjusted EPS forecast to $0.91, up from $0.85 to $0.86 previously. However, GAAP profitability is not expected on an annual basis until 2027. 

Margins: 

GAAP gross margin was 74.0% in Q3, down 3.7 points YoY and 0.9 points QoQ. Adjusted gross margin was 75.3%, down 3.5 points YoY and 1 point QoQ, again impacted by increases in allocated costs from higher network traffic from paying customers. 

GAAP operating margin was (6.7%), up 0.5 points YoY and 6.4 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 15.3%, up 0.5 points YoY and 1.2 points QoQ; for Q4, adjusted operating margin was guided to be 14%. GAAP net margin was (0.2%), up 3.4 points YoY and 9.6 points QoQ. Adjusted net margin was 18.3%, up 1.4 points YoY and 3.6 points QoQ. 

Cash: 

Operating cash flow was $167.1 million for a 30% margin, up from a 24% margin in the year ago quarter and a 19% margin in Q2. Free cash flow was $75 million for a 13% margin, up from 11% in the year ago quarter and 6% in Q2. Network capex was 14% of revenue. 

Cash, equivalents and available-for-sale securities totaled $4.04 billion, while convertible notes outstanding totaled $3.26 billion. 

Valuation: 

Cloudflare is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 22.2. The company has traded a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 41.4 in the last few years. Cloudflare is trading slightly lower than the mid-range after the recent weakness in its share price. 

Notable Risks: 

The company is not yet GAAP profitable even after 16 years of the company’s operations.  

Palantir: The Trade-Off Between Discipline and Conviction 

Since 2023, Palantir’s stock has defied gravity, delivering steady performance that no other AI software stock has come close to matching (yet). The thesis is two-fold: the company must continue to scale its Commercial segment after posting multiple quarters of over 50% growth, while also sustaining a high valuation. Both matters and the bar is undeniably high.  

What separates Palantir, however, is not simply growth, but capability. The differences matter as unlike traditional AI-enabled database or business intelligence competitors, Palantir can operate effectively even when data sets are incomplete or fragmented—situations where most models struggle. In that regard, traditional business intelligence companies require a complete data set, whereas Palantir can handle situations where one isn't available. You can think of the competitive advantage as actionable depth, as Palantir has described it: “the reasoning that goes into decision-making, not just data.”     

Palantir’s Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP) integrates generative AI with operational data and workflows, and, when combined with Palantir’s other platforms, Foundry and Apollo, it provides an AI service mesh that can run hundreds of microservices, scale compute via its Rubix engine, and orchestrate updates through Apollo.    

Additionally, Palantir’s knowledge graph, referred to as Ontology, is a distinct advantage. The graph offers better context than a large language model would on its own – or as Palantir states, it’s “the reasoning that goes into decision-making.” Palantir made key upgrades to AIP with the introduction of AI-forward-deployed engineers (FDEs) and the AI Hivemind, and brought Ontology to the edge, enabling deployment on mobile devices.  

Palantir Stock leads the AI software pack, delivering one of the best reports across tech in Q3. Revenue accelerated nearly 15 points sequentially to almost 63%, with strong growth in key metrics and a 28-point acceleration in US Commercial revenue to 121% YoY. The Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP) is driving most of the Commercial growth, as there was a clear revenue inflection when AIP launched in mid-2023.  

The company reported strong key metrics, with net retention rate (NRR) expanding six points sequentially to 134%. Over the past two years, NRR has risen an impressive 27 points, and Palantir noted that AIP is continuing to drive existing expansions and new customer conversions. On the other hand, Palantir’s forward P/S ratio trades at an outstanding 64.4 multiple and has been as high as 112 forward P/S. 

I don’t recall another stock the I/O Fund has followed this closely without taking action. That caution was intentional, driven by valuation and our focus on risk management. Ultimately, Palantir is an extreme outlier, to where for those ignoring discipline, it worked out. Often times, it does not work out to buy a stock that trades at up to a 100 forward PS, and that must be weighed carefully for each investor. 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

Palantir reported $1.18 billion in revenue in Q3, up an impressive 18% QoQ and beating estimates by 8.4%, driven by unwavering momentum in US Commercial. On a YoY basis, revenue growth accelerated 14.8 points to 62.8% YoY, the largest sequential acceleration to date and marking Palantir’s highest growth rate since going public. Over the last nine quarters, topline growth has accelerated ~50 points, from just 12.7% in Q2 2023, a rare feat to accomplish. 

AI Segment Growth: 

Fueled once again by AIP, Palantir delivered one of the best reports across tech in the third quarter, with revenue accelerating nearly 15 points sequentially to almost 63%, with strong growth in key metrics and a 50 point acceleration in US Commercial revenue since the start of the year.  

US Commercial revenue grew 29% QoQ and 121% YoY to $397 million in Q3, accelerating from 93% YoY growth in Q2. Since the start of the year, US Commercial growth has accelerated 50 points, and since the start of 2024, growth has accelerated 81 points. 

Earnings: 

Palantir reported $0.18 in GAAP EPS in the quarter, up 200% YoY, while adjusted EPS was $0.21, beating estimates by 25.5% and rising 110% YoY. Palantir did not provide a specific guide for EPS for Q4, though current estimates are pegged at $0.12 in GAAP EPS and $0.22 in adjusted EPS, up 300% YoY and 57% YoY, respectively.  

For FY25, Palantir is expected to earn $0.72 in adjusted EPS, up nearly 76% YoY, before slowing to 39% growth to $1.01 in FY26. 

Margins: 

Margins strengthened considerably in the quarter, with adjusted operating margin surpassing 50% with more expansion guided for Q4. Palantir’s Rule of 40 score (revenue growth + adj operating margin) expanded to a wild 114%, up from 94% last quarter and 68% last Q3.  

Gross margin was 82% in Q3, up one point QoQ and two points YoY, while adjusted gross margin was 84%, up two points YoY and QoQ. 

GAAP operating margin was 33%, an impressive 6 point QoQ and 17 point YoY expansion. Adjusted operating margin was 51%, breaking past 50% for the first time and up 5 points QoQ and 13 points YoY. For Q4, Palantir guided for adjusted operating margin to be 52%, showcasing its ability to drive strong margin expansion alongside swift revenue acceleration. Full year adjusted operating margin guidance was raised from 46% to 49%. 

Cash: 

Cash flows were strong, though cash flow margins dipped on a YoY and QoQ basis. Operating cash flow was $507.7 million for a 43% margin, shrinking from a 54% margin in Q2 and 58% in the year ago quarter.  

Adjusted free cash flow was $539.9 million for a 46% margin, down from 57% in Q2 and 60% in the year ago quarter. Palantir raised its adjusted FCF guidance for the year to $1.9 to $2.1 billion, or a 45.5% margin, up from a 42.8% margin previously.  

Cash and equivalents totaled $6.4 billion and debt remained zero. 

Valuation: 

Palantir is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 64.4. The company has traded at a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 112 in the last few years. The company is trading at a significant premium to the other best of breed cloud companies like CrowdStrike that is currently trading at a forward P/S ratio of 23.7 and Cloudflare at 22.2. 

On the bottom line, the company is trading at a forward P/E ratio of 167.6. The company has traded at a minimum of 25.6 and a maximum of 285.9 in the past few years. 

Notable Risks: 

The company’s primary risk is its high valuation. 

CoreWeave: Legacy Cloud IaaS Wasn’t Built for AI 

CoreWeave breaks all of the rules, including not cooperating with our portfolio criteria. I’ll get right to the point by saying CoreWeave’s cash to debt is frightening. The company reported FCF of ($1.6 billion) with $14 billion in debt and a mere $2.5B in cash on the balance sheet, leaving a cash to debt ratio of 0.18, or said differently; debt is 5.6X cash at the end of Q3. Notably, this excludes the $2.25 billion convertible senior notes issued in December and on a pro-forma basis, debt is 3.4X cash, for a deep net-debt position and very limited balance-sheet flexibility. 

Perhaps most concerning, the debt issues are about to worsen as CoreWeave is expected to spend $6.75 billion in Q4 on capex and over $26 billion in 2026, as management expects capex more than double next year. My best estimate is that 2026 will see 12X debt to cash with what I know today. The only way we would touch this stock is with heavy technical analysis and risk management.  

There are lower risk ways to participate in AI, yet the positioning CoreWeave offers is second to none. The company is in the “build” phase but will eventually be in the “yield” phase. 

The company also entered the US federal market, which should further help to diversify its customer base. CoreWeave will provide secure, compliant, high-performance AI cloud services to US government agencies and their key partners, including the Defense Industrial Base. NASA already uses its services to advance scientific exploration at its Jet Propulsion Lab. 

Altogether, CoreWeave sits on the front lines of the shift from legacy cloud infrastructure to AI-optimized workloads. While the full importance of this transition from cloud to AI is difficult to quantify today, its impact is likely to be transformative for how compute is built and consumed. CoreWeave is positioned at the center of a shift too great to fully envision today. 

The closest historical parallel is AWS in the mid-to-late 2000s—before the economics of the build-out were fully visible to investors. The key distinction is that CoreWeave represents a pure-play on AI infrastructure. It is now widely understood that AWS went on to generate the majority of Amazon’s profits, providing investors with a clear blueprint of what the yield phase of infrastructure-as-a-service can look like. 

For more information on how CoreWeave is unique compared to the Big 3, including why the model FLOPs utilization (MFU) gap matters quite a bit, reference our article “CoreWeave Stock Soars 200% since IPO – Can it Defy the Odds?” 

Overall Revenue Growth: 

CoreWeave’s Q3 revenue grew by 133.7% YoY and 12.5% QoQ to $1.37 billion. The company beat analyst consensus estimates by a solid 6.6%, driven by continued strong demand for the company’s AI cloud infrastructure services.  

Looking ahead, analysts expect 2026 revenue to grow 132% YoY to $12.23 billion, and these estimates will be increased due to the push-out caused by the delay in Q4 revenue recognition to Q1. For 2027, revenue is expected to grow 49.4% YoY to $18.27 billion. 

AI Segment Growth: 

The backlog of $55B represents nearly double Q2 and is approaching 4X YTD yet the debt is also up 2X YTD. The company stated the backlog grew by $25 billion to $55.6 billion, up from $30.1 billion for growth of 85% QoQ.  

Management also highlighted that they reached $50 billion in RPO, faster than any cloud in history.  

Active power footprint grew by 120MW sequentially to approximately 590MW with contracted power capacity growing over 600MW to 2.9GW. That represents 25.5% QoQ growth. Management expects to end the year with over 850 megawatts of active power. 

Earnings: 

Q3 GAAP EPS was ($0.22) compared to the analysts' estimates of ($0.51). However, the strong beat was due to a one-time noncash tax benefit of $0.25. Excluding the one-time benefit, the company would beat estimates by $0.04.  

Looking forward, analysts expect GAAP EPS of ($0.84) in 2026 and to be GAAP profitable in 2027 with an EPS of $1.63. 

Margins: 

The margins are strong yet the cash remains troublesome. For example, CoreWeave is a recent IPO that is already GAAP positive on operating margin at 4% and reported an adjusted EBITDA margin of 61%. 

Q3 gross profits grew by 126% YoY to $995.85 million with a gross profit margin of 73%, down 200 basis points YoY and 100 basis points sequentially.  

Q3 operating margin was 4%, down from 20% in the same period last year and up 200 basis points sequentially. The operating expenses increased 181% YoY to support strong growth. The adjusted operating margin was 16%, compared to 21% in the same period last year. 

Cash: 

The company reported negative free cash flow of ($1.6 billion) with $14 billion in debt and $2.5B in cash on the balance sheet at the end of Q3. This leaves net debt of $11.5 billion – yet this is mild given what the company plans to spend in capex next year (expect the debt to go up rapidly).  

Free cash flow was ($1.6 billion) compared to ($573.9 million) in the same period last year and ($2.7 billion) in the previous quarter. 

Valuation: 

CoreWeave is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 3.8. The company has traded at a low of 3 and a high of 17.2 in the past year.  

The company is not profitable for a bottom-line valuation and is expected to be profitable on a non-GAAP basis in Q4 2026. 

Notable Risks: 

The company has negative free cash flow due to high capex for infrastructure, and it also has high debt. 

Honorable Mention: Meta 

In a recent analysis entitled “The AI Revenue Leader Nobody is Talking About,” our firm was early to point out that Meta’s AI revenue places it as number two, second only to Nvidia. Although Google has many supportive points as to why the stock outperformed compared to other Big Tech names, the I/O Fund is a growth stock portfolio. Margins matter, cash matters, but what matters more is the 3X growth Meta has seen in its Advantage+ segment in less than a year, as the company had reported $20 billion about three quarters ago, with the recent update from last quarter at $60 billion. If this runaway growth continues, then Meta will easily be outpacing Search and Google Cloud combined on AI revenue.

On the other hand, Meta is witnessing a deceleration in margins due to rising expenses supporting its AI infrastructure. Reality Labs also continues to incur losses, recording a $4.43 billion loss from operations in Q3 2025, and its cumulative losses now total $73.04 billion. Due to continued investments in AI infrastructure, the company’s capex is expected to be significantly higher in 2026.  

Meta has the weakest balance sheet among the Big Tech companies, with a net cash position of $15.7 billion. Meta has also entered a joint venture with Blue Owl Capital to fund its development at the Hyperion data center in Louisiana. Thereby, helping it to keep about $27 billion in debt off-balance sheet, where it would sit in a special-purpose vehicle tied to Blue Owl. While this approach may improve reported leverage and financial ratios, it carries inherent risks as the company is indirectly responsible for the off-balance sheet debt.  

Despite Meta being in the quality bucket for the most part, its high capex spending necessitates technical analysis and a risk management overlay. 

For more information on Big Tech with I/O Fund takeaways, please read our free article “The $530 Billion AI Question: Which Big Tech Stock is Winning?”The $530 Billion AI Question: Which Big Tech Stock is Winning?”

What’s Next for Our Discovery and Advanced Tiers … 

Miners have been attracting significant deal activity from neoclouds, with a handful notching hyperscaler deals and growing interest. Miners continue to benefit from their ability to offer hundreds of MW for AI data centers in relatively quick fashion, bypassing interconnection queues for greenfield builds, while also offering lower electricity costs through long-term power contracts. A handful of miners have disclosed power costs around $0.046–0.047/kWh, representing a meaningful discount to PJM’s grid and average commercial electricity pricing. 

In an upcoming analysis for our Discovery tier, we will recap three Bitcoin miners leading the push to power AI data centers. One has secured a second multi-billion-dollar AI data center deal with a hyperscaler and is pursuing a multi-GW development pipeline that could represent 7–8X growth from current contracted capacity. Another has signed a nearly $10 billion deal for phased deployment through 2026, while the third is targeting several hundred MWs online in 2026 with additional capacity in pre-development for 2027. 

While AI-related revenue contributions remain modest today, growth is expected to accelerate through 2026 and 2027 as capacity comes online. However, the risk with miners is that capex requirements to retrofit facilities often exceed current balance sheet capacity, forcing increased leverage to transition assets from mining to AI-ready infrastructure. 

Outside of miners, we are also revisiting nuclear power for Discovery members, including an SMR developer with a multi-GW pipeline. Unlike miners or Bloom Energy, SMRs represent a long-term solution, with commercial operations not expected until closer to the end of the decade. 

Conclusion: 

The I/O Fund team is ready for the upcoming earnings season armed with a list of stocks we will be watching very closely and many honorable mentions prepared to step-in should one of our chosen stocks not perform as expected.

Following a report of this size, it’s worth pausing to acknowledge a reality that often gets overlooked: AI investing remains difficult for many tech portfolios, despite the growing list of winners and the market’s potential to meaningfully reshape GDP.

This raises a fair question—why do so many hedge funds and ETFs remain underexposed to AI beyond a narrow set of Big Tech names, and why is that exposure so concentrated? The AI trade is actually quite complex and unforgiving, demanding deep product-level analysis, precise timing, and disciplined risk management that many portfolios are not built to execute.

Our goal is to solve that problem for our Members—building on our history from prior cycles, striving to be early to market trends in the near-term, and positioning thoughtfully for the second half of this AI-driven decade.

Damien Robbins and Royston Roche, Equity Analysts at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

I/O Fund Members Get 40% off Discovery

Discovery members recently received an analysis on a stock poised to benefit as Nvidia tackles the context memory bottleneck and extends KV cache memory with its new Inference Context Memory Storage platform. To subscribe to Discovery with 40% off, click here to email usclick here to email us or email premium@io-fund.com and mention code DISCOVERY40DISCOVERY40

I/O Fund Pro Members Get 30% Off Advanced Market Signals

Unlock real-time trade alerts, access to the I/O Fund’s momentum stock list, and weekly webinars every Thursday at 4:30 p.m. ET. To join Advanced Market Signals with 30% off, click here to email usclick here to email us or email premium@io-fund.com and mention code ADVANCED30.ADVANCED30.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the Fund’s positions. We then share that information with our readers. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis.

Recommended Reading:

  • The AI Memory Boom Has Arrived
  • The I/O Fund’s Top 15 AI Stocks for Q4 2025
  • The I/O Fund’s Top 15 Stocks for Q3 2025
  • Meta: Growth is Quietly Benefitting from AI, Though Margin Risks Weigh Heavy
Posted in Broad Market Today, Market UpdatesLeave a Comment on The I/O Fund’s Top 15 Stocks for Q1 2026

The Future of AI Stocks? TSMC Commentary Suggests AI Megatrend

Posted on January 29, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund
The Future of AI Stocks? TSMC Commentary Suggests AI Megatrend

TSMC is one of the least sensational management teams in the AI stocks space, yet management explicitly called AI a multi-year “megatrend” in their most recent earnings call, with demand now being pulled not just by chip designers, but directly by hyperscale cloud providers seeking to lock in capacity.  

Management stated: 

“Our customers’ customers, who are mainly the cloud service providers, are also providing strong signals and reaching out directly to request the capacity to support their business. Thus, our conviction in the multiyear AI megatrend remains strong, and we believe the demand for semiconductor will continue to be very fundamental.”Thus, our conviction in the multiyear AI megatrend remains strong, and we believe the demand for semiconductor will continue to be very fundamental.” 

When the world’s most advanced foundry says hyperscalers are coming to them directly for capacity, it signals that AI demand remains foundational. Perhaps most importantly, TSM is not a “flip the switch" business model to where demand can be turned on and turned off quickly. Wafer capacity must be planned years in advance, which makes these signals particularly meaningful. 

TSMC already sits beneath tens of trillions of dollars in market capitalization, with customers including Apple, Nvidia, Broadcom, Amazon, AMD, and Google. While each is pursuing AI through a different mix of merchant GPUs, custom silicon, and software, they all converge at the same point: TSMC’s advanced manufacturing. As the roadmap progresses to N2 and A16, customer dependence on TSMC’s leading-edge capacity increases. 

The company reported record Q4 revenue of $33.73 billion, up 25.5% year over year and 1.9% sequentially, exceeding the midpoint of guidance by 2.8%. But the more important takeaway was not the quarter, rather it is the visibility that TSMC provides. 

Below, we break down how this multi-year AI megatrend translates into durable visibility for TSMC, expands pricing power for advanced nodes, and a longer runway for earnings growth on arguably one of the strongest AI stocks on the bottom-line in the space. 

TSMC Raises AI Accelerator Forecast to mid to high 50% CAGR: Evidence of a Multiyear Megatrend  

TSMC stands out as the most reliable barometer for tracking AI demand trends. During the Q4 earnings call, management raised the forecast for revenue growth for AI accelerators to a mid- to high 50% CAGR over the 5-year period from 2024 to 2029, up from the mid-40% CAGR provided during the Q4 2024 earnings call. This conveys strongly that AI demand is expanding.  

Similarly, the company’s long-term revenue growth forecast was raised to 25% CAGR in U.S. dollar terms for the 5-year period starting from 2024 from the earlier 20% CAGR provided during the Q4 2024 earnings call. Management expects AI accelerators to drive the largest share of incremental revenue growth, while overall growth will continue to be supported by smartphones, high-performance computing (HPC), IoT, and automotive over the next several years.

mid

AI accelerator revenue accounted for a high-teens percentage of total revenue in 2025, up from the mid-teens in 2024. As manufacturing complexity continues to rise, engagement lead times for advanced chips have extended to at least two to three years and thereby providing better long-term visibility.  

The company’s capex in 2025 grew by 37.4% YoY to $40.9 billion. Management expects 2026 capex in the range of $52 billion to $56 billion, implying a YoY growth of 32% at the midpoint. Notably, 70–80% of 2026 spending will be allocated to advanced process technologies (7nm and below), signaling management’s confidence in sustained, long-term demand driven by AI. TSMC takes two to three years to build a new fab with the increase in 2026 capex spending suggesting strong structural growth for the years 2028 and 2029. 

Responding to an analyst’s question on whether the industry is in an AI bubble, Chairman and CEO C.C. Wei gave a grounded answer. “Okay. Gokul, you essentially try to ask us, say, whether the AI demand is real or not. I'm also very nervous about it. You bet because we have to invest about USD 52 billion to USD 56 billion for the CapEx, right? If we didn't do it carefully, and that would be big disaster to TSMC for sure.” Management mentioned that they spent $101 billion in capex in the last three years and they expect capex to be significantly higher in the next three years.

Chart showing TSMC’s capital expenditure expected to rise 32% year over year to $54 billion in 2026, indicating strong AI‑related semiconductor demand.

TSMC’s capex is expected to grow 32% YoY to $54 billion in 2026, suggesting strong AI-demand in the next few years.  

Source: Company IR 

Advanced Nodes: Why TSMC’s Semiconductor Moat is Widening 

While 2nm defines the next phase of the roadmap, 3nm remains the node supporting most AI deployments today. 

The company’s advanced 3nm node offers roughly 15% better performance than 5nm at equal power and transistor density, with die sizes estimated to be ~42% smaller. TSMC also states the 3nm process can reduce power consumption by up to 30%, underscoring power efficiency as a key competitive advantage. 

This efficiency helps deepen TSMC’s moat. While Samsung introduced 3nm chips in 2022, it has lagged TSMC on yield and power efficiency by an estimated 10%–20%. This advantage is reflected in pricing power, with TSMC charging roughly 25% more for 3nm versus 5nm, as customers are willing to pay a premium to avoid Samsung. 

TSMC offers multiple 3nm variants, including N3E, N3P, and N3X, allowing customers to tailor designs across consumer and AI workloads. N3E serves as the baseline IP platform, delivering approximately 18% higher performance and 34% lower power versus N5. N3P provides incremental performance and efficiency gains, while N3X is optimized for high-performance computing at the expense of higher leakage. 

The company entered volume production of its most advanced node, N2, in 4Q 2025, marking a transition from FinFET to gate-all-around (GAA) transistor architecture. By wrapping the gate around all sides of the channel, GAA improves electrostatic control and reduces leakage versus FinFET designs. 

N2 introduces NanoFlex technology, enabling designers to mix cell types and optimize for performance or power by adjusting nanosheet dimensions. According to management on the Q2 2025 earnings call, N2 delivers 10%–15% speed improvement at the same power or 20%–30% power reduction at the same speed, along with more than 15% chip density gains versus N3E. 

TSMC expects strong demand from both smartphones and AI HPC applications, with a rapid ramp in 2026. The company also introduced N2P, an enhanced version of N2, with volume production scheduled for the second half of 2026. Additionally, A16, featuring super-power rail (SPR) technology for complex HPC designs, is also on track for volume production in the second half of 2026. 

As chips migrate to advanced nodes—such as Nvidia’s Rubin moving to 3nm and AMD building GPUs and CPUs on 2nm—TSMC stands to benefit from rising pricing power, as these nodes command significant wafer premiums in exchange for material performance and power efficiency gains. 

In Q4 2025, advanced nodes below 7nm accounted for 77% of wafer revenue, up from 74% in Q3. 3nm rose to 28% of wafer revenue, while 5nm accounted for 35%, compared with 23% and 37%, respectively, in the prior quarter. 

Visual showing TSMC’s 3nm revenue increasing from 22% of wafer revenue in Q1 2025 to 28% in Q4 2025, highlighting the company’s transition toward high‑performance AI chips.

TSMC 3nm revenue has ramped up from 22% of wafer revenue in Q1 2025 to 28% in Q4 2025, signaling transition toward high-performance AI. 

Source: Company IR 

TSMC Stock: $122B Record Revenue on Surging AI Chip Demand 

TSMC reported record Q4 revenue of $33.73 billion, up 25.5% year over year and 1.9% quarter over quarter, beating the midpoint of guidance by 2.8%. As expected, the upside was driven primarily by strong AI-related demand. Revenue growth is expected to accelerate next quarter, with management guiding Q1 revenue of $34.6 billion to $35.8 billion, implying 37.9% year-over-year growth and 4.4% sequential growth. 

For the full year, 2025 revenue grew 35.9% year over year to a record $122.42 billion. Looking ahead, management guided 2026 revenue growth to be close to 30% year over year in U.S. dollars. 

HPC revenue continued to expand, rising 4% quarter over quarter in NT dollars and accounting for 55% of total revenue in Q4. For FY25, HPC revenue in NT dollars increased 48% year over year and represented 58% of total revenue.  The sequential deceleration in HPC revenue in Q3 appears consistent with a platform transition, as Nvidia prepares to shift from Blackwell—built on TSMC’s customized 5nm N4P process—to the upcoming Rubin architecture, which relies on TSMC’s customized 3nm N3P node. 

With Rubin chips expected to enter mass production in the second half of 2026, we will look for HPC revenue growth to reaccelerate in the coming quarters. Management also highlighted a strong ramp for N2 in 2026, reinforcing sustained AI-driven demand. 

As shown in the chart below, TSMC experienced a similar slowdown in HPC growth during the second half of 2022 and the first half of 2023 amid the transition to Nvidia’s Hopper architecture. Nvidia began mass production of Grace Hopper chips in May 2023, after which HPC revenue growth resumed.

Graphic showing TSMC’s High‑Performance Computing (HPC) revenue rising 4% quarter‑over‑quarter in Q4 2025 after flat sequential growth in Q3 2025.

TSMC High-performance Computing (HPC) revenue grew by 4% QoQ in Q4 2025, up from flat sequentially in Q3 2025 

Source: Company IR 

TSMC Q4 Results: GAAP EPS grew by 40% 

TSMC’s ability to generate exceptionally strong profits showcases that the company is one of the best-managed companies in the world. Despite the rising inflation, tariff concerns, technological advancement, trade wars, overseas fab expansion, and geopolitical tensions, TSMC has overcome these challenges by continuing to generate superior profits. Margins continue to expand due to cost controls, higher capacity utilization rates, economies of scale, and better price negotiation with customers and suppliers.   

TSMC’s Q4 GAAP EPS grew by 40.2% YoY, beating estimates by 5.2%. That strength is expected to continue into 2026. Earnings are projected to grow roughly 55% year over year in Q1, followed by another strong step-up in Q2 with 40.1% growth. After delivering more than 50% EPS growth in 2025, consensus estimates call for earnings to rise by more than 20% annually in both 2026 and 2027, pointing to a sustained growth profile rather than a one-year spike.

Graphic showing TSMC’s Q4 2025 earnings per share rising 40.2% year over year to $3.14, exceeding expectations by 5.2% and reflecting strong demand for AI and high‑performance computing chips.

TSM’s Q4 2025 EPS grew by 40.2% YoY to $3.14, beating estimates by 5.2%. These results highlight the company’s dominant position in the AI chip supply chain and growing demand for high-performance computing (HPC). 

Source: Company IR/YCharts 

In Q4, TSMC generated $23.4 billion in operating cash flow, up 21.9% year over year, with an operating cash flow margin of 69.4%, down modestly from 71.4% in the prior-year period. 

Free cash flow increased 48.8% year over year to $11.9 billion, with margins expanding nicely to 35.2% up from 29.8% last year. Notably, capital expenditures grew just 2.5% year over year to $11.5 billion in the quarter, supporting strong free cash flow conversion. Management has indicated this moderation is temporary, as noted above, capex is expected to accelerate meaningfully in the coming years as advanced-node demand ramps. 

Conclusion 

When the world’s most advanced foundry raises its long-term AI growth forecasts, commits more than $50 billion annually to capacity, and openly states that hyperscalers are coming directly to secure wafers years in advance, it provides a level of visibility that few companies in the AI ecosystem can match. TSMC’s willingness to materially expand capex through 2026, knowing that fabs take years to come online, signals confidence that extends well beyond the next product cycle and into the latter half of the decade. 

We’ll expand on how this visibility feeds into the I/O Fund's broader AI positioning—and where we see the next phase of opportunity—in our Q1 2026 Top 15 AI Stocks report. This 50+ page report totalling over 20,000 words identifies many lesser-known AI stocks leading the charge in the three critical pillars of the AI Megatrend: AI networking, AI energy and AI inference. Sign up now to receive this report.

Royston Roche and Damien Robbins, Equity Analysts at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the Fund’s positions. We then share that information with our readers. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis.

Recommended Reading:

  • The $530 Billion AI Question: Which Big Tech Stock is Winning?
  • Palantir Stock 2026 Forecast: Is Its High Valuation Sustainable?
  • Top 10 Tech Stocks of 2025: How the AI Trade Defied the Skeptics
  • Nvidia & Beyond: I/O Fund’s Best Free AI Stock Research in 2025
Posted in AI StocksLeave a Comment on The Future of AI Stocks? TSMC Commentary Suggests AI Megatrend

The $530 Billion AI Question: Which Big Tech Stock is Winning?

Posted on January 22, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund
The $530 Billion AI Question: Which Big Tech Stock is Winning?

Big Tech is expected to invest $530 billion for building AI infrastructure in 2026, while the path to near-term monetization remains a question mark. As investor scrutiny around capital expenditure intensifies, the key question is no longer who is spending the most on AI, but who is translating that spend into measurable revenue and sustainable margins. 

The market is right to question the shift in role for Big Tech, as these companies have swiftly moved from global demand engines for consumer and enterprise software to now being large consumers themselves of a rather expensive endeavour.  

When asked about Big Tech for the last few years, my answer has been consistent – my firm is heavily positioned in the suppliers. For example, while many are celebrating Google’s stock performance last year, stocks like AMD and Micron effortlessly outperformed the 2025 Big Tech winner – as did dozens of lesser-known suppliers. This is easily visible in the QQQs returning 20.2% last year compared to SMH at 48.7%.  

But I digress, as although Big Tech has paled in stock returns compared to select AI semiconductor stocks, my firm is anticipating an incoming monetization wave driven by inference. The moment that Big Tech and others can effectively monetize their large investments will unfold in the coming years. Big Tech is not muted; it’s just a bit later in the cycle given they’re predominately software companies.  

My firm strives to be early to trends, positioning in cloud in 2019 ahead of Covid, then began rotating out of cloud to position for AI in late 2022 around extreme lows and ahead of Nvidia’s Hopper release. We then added AI energy names to our portfolio ahead of the Street in February – April of 2025 (again) before the broad market and around extreme lows.

On a similar note, I fully expect we will be well-positioned for the moment AI can finally monetize – which brings us back to Big Tech.  

The report below compares Big Tech companies across revenue, AI segment revenue, margins, capex intensity, and balance sheet health, to help assess which companies are best positioned to convert AI investment into durable growth and profits. With infrastructure spending at historic highs, the stakes have never been higher. 

Microsoft ($MSFT): Azure Acceleration Powered by AI  

Microsoft has consistently delivered double-digit revenue growth across all three quarters of 2025, driven by strong demand for cloud and AI.  

  • The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 18.4% YoY to $77.67 billion.  
  • Analysts expect revenue to grow 15.3% YoY to $80.3 billion in Q4, representing more than 300 bps deceleration due to seasonality and the revenue decelerated 370 bps in the same period last year. 

Yet under the hood, Microsoft Azure is witnessing accelerating demand, rising 40% in Q3, driven by better-than-expected growth in the company’s core infrastructure business, primarily from its largest customers and AI-demand. The company’s productivity and business processes segment has also demonstrated steady, balanced growth driven by continued adoption of Microsoft 365.  

Chart showing Microsoft’s accelerating revenue growth from 13.3% in Q1 to 18.1% in Q2 and 18.4% year‑over‑year in Q3.

Microsoft’s revenue growth has accelerated from 13.3% in Q1 to 18.1% in Q2, and a further acceleration of 30 basis points in Q3 to 18.4% YoY. 

Source: YChartsYCharts

The last direct update on AI revenue we got from Microsoft is from fiscal Q2 ending December 2024, where AI revenue was stated to be $13 billion, growing at a pace of 175% year-over-year. Microsoft did denote in fiscal Q3 that AI services contributed 16 points to Azure’s 35% YoY growth, up from 13 points in the prior quarter.  

Assuming AI drove Azure’s reacceleration from 35% to 39% in the past two quarters, the base case for Microsoft assumes AI contributing approximately 22 points to growth as of the prior quarter, fiscal Q1, or around 56% of its YoY growth in dollars. This could imply AI revenue at 26% of Azure’s total revenue, or around $25 to $26 billion on a nearly $100 billion annual run rate for Azure. Microsoft has also struck a new deal with OpenAI under which it has committed to $250 billion of compute capacity through 2032, and also signed a deal with Anthropic for $30 billion of compute capacity.

The company has consistently delivered strong profits, driven by higher software and cloud services revenue, and operational efficiencies. The company’s Q3 operating margin improved by 400 basis points sequentially and 230 basis points YoY to 48.9%, driven by operating leverage and higher-margin revenue. 

Graphic illustrating Microsoft’s Q3 operating margin increasing both year‑over‑year and sequentially.

Microsoft’s Q3 operating margin has improved YoY and sequentially. 

Source: YChartsYCharts

Microsoft’s capex in Q3 was $34.9 billion, an increase of 75% YoY from $20 billion in the year-ago quarter. The company’s strong capex growth was primarily driven by increasing demand for its Cloud and AI offerings. With strong accelerating demand, Microsoft is increasing its spending on GPUs and CPUs. Therefore, total spending is expected to increase sequentially in the next quarter. The company maintains a strong balance sheet with a net cash position of $58.8 billion. 

Takeaway: Given Microsoft’s large capex spending, the market is likely to be unconvinced in the near-term the AI contribution to Azure is happening quickly enough. If our math is correct, AI’s contribution is less than 1/5 of this year’s capex and we are years deep now – meaning its much lower in terms of contribution to cumulative AI capex. 

Keep in mind, Microsoft has publicly stated they will absorb grid costs for their AI infrastructure to avoid passing it off to consumers – which is ethically the right thing to do – yet this increases total capex cost per GW. Recently, Microsoft President Brad Smith stated: “We will pay utility rates that are high enough to cover our electricity costs in part by collaborating with utilities on plans to add the electricity supply that we will need.” It’s likely other Big Tech companies will follow suit. 

Google ($GOOGL): Record 83% Capex Surge to Scale Search and Google Cloud Momentum 

Google’s Q3 revenue grew by 16.2% YoY to $102.35 billion. Analysts expect Q4 revenue to grow 15.4% YoY to $111.3 billion. The company is witnessing momentum across its business segments with Google Cloud being a standout, with accelerating revenue growth from 28% in Q1 to 32% in Q2, and further accelerating to 34% YoY growth to $15.2 billion. This has been primarily driven by Google Cloud Platform, Generative AI Solutions, and AI Infrastructure.  

The Cloud business continues its trajectory of accelerated growth, with AI-driven revenue emerging as a key catalyst. Cloud backlog increased 46% QoQ to $155 billion, underscoring strong demand visibility and sustained momentum across enterprise deployments. Most importantly, over 70% of existing Google Cloud customers use the company’s AI products.

Chart showing Google's accelerating revenue growth from 11.8% in Q1 to 14.1% in Q2 and rising another 210 basis points to 16.2% year‑over‑year in Q3.

Google’s revenue growth has accelerated from 11.8% in Q1 to 14.1% in Q2, and a further 210 basis points acceleration in Q3 to 16.2% YoY.

Source: YChartsYCharts

Google said that its enterprise AI products in GCP are generating ‘billions’ in quarterly revenue but provided no specific breakout beyond that, and also did not provide an update on Search. However, assuming a similar split as Microsoft for AI contribution in the latest quarter, such as ~17 points or half of growth, this would project quarterly AI revenue to be ~$1.9 billion, or nearly $8 billion annualized, less than one-third of Microsoft’s current run rate. Google signed a deal with Anthropic in October said to be worth tens of billions, giving the Claude parent access to up to one million TPUs, bringing more than 1GW of capacity online in 2026.

mid

AI’s contribution to Search revenue could be larger, assuming that the acceleration from 10% YoY in Q1 to 15% YoY in Q3 is entirely driven by AI and AI Overviews, or 5 points. Search growth was ~12-13% in the second half of 2024 after the launch of AI Overviews and assuming ~2 point contribution from AI by Q4, this would roughly estimate AI’s contribution to Search at $800 million. As of Q3, under that 5 point assumption, AI’s contribution would be estimated at roughly $2.3-2.4 billion, or closing in on a $10 billion annual run rate.

Google’s Q3 operating margin improved 180 basis points YoY and 160 basis points QoQ to 34.1%, driven by operational efficiencies. Google’s high-margin advertising business remains the core profit engine, delivering durable and resilient earnings growth.

Graphic highlighting Google's Q3 operating margin improvement compared to both the prior year and the previous quarter.

Google's Q3 operating margin has improved YoY and sequentially. 

Source: YChartsYCharts

Google reported the fastest capex growth among Big Tech in Q3. The company’s capex grew by 83% YoY to $23.95 billion. Sequentially, it grew by 7% from $22.4 billion in the previous quarter. Management stated in the Q3 earnings call that they are witnessing positive returns on AI investments. “I would say it's not just early signs because we're seeing returns, obviously, in the Cloud business. You've heard us talk about the fact that we already are generating billions of dollars from AI in the quarter.”  

Looking ahead, the company expects to invest aggressively due to strong demand from cloud customers and growth opportunities across the company. Management expects 2025 capex to be in the range of $91 billion to $93 billion, up from the previous estimate of $85 billion. It represents YoY growth of 75% at the midpoint. Capex is expected to increase further in 2026, which supports our view that AI stocks will benefit. Google’s balance sheet remains robust, with a net cash balance of $76.9 billion, the highest among Big Tech companies.

Takeaway: 

Google reported the strongest returns last year across Big Tech, likely due to a combination of Google Cloud accelerating alongside an easier monetization with Search given advertising can see an immediate impact from automation. The company repeatedly emphasizes that integrating AI into Search improves advertiser outcomes for more effective campaigns, therefore, investors should keep an eye on the Search inflection as much (if not more so) than Google Cloud. 

In April 2025, Google introduced Ironwood v7, its first TPU designed specifically for inference. Another impetus for 2025’s strong performance is using its own silicon to drive inference at a lower cost curve, which will result in improved unit economics for Search and GCP. We discussed in detail the Google TPU Ironwood v7 rollout in our recent report to our free newsletter subscribers.

Amazon ($AMZN): AWS Reported the Fastest Growth since Q4 2022 

Amazon has the second slowest revenue growth among the Big Tech companies. The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 13.4% YoY to $180.17 billion. Revenue is expected to grow by 12.4% YoY to $211.14 billion in Q4. Q3 AWS revenue grew by 20.2% YoY to $33 billion, accelerating by 270 basis points from 17.5% growth in Q2. The company reported the fastest AWS growth since Q4 2022, driven by strong demand in AI and core infrastructure.   

Chart showing Amazon’s accelerating revenue growth from 8.6% in Q1 to 13.3% in Q2 and rising further to 13.4% year‑over‑year in Q3.

Amazon’s revenue growth has accelerated from 8.6% in Q1 to 13.3% in Q2, then in Q3 to 13.4% YoY.  

Source: YCharts

Amazon has provided a few hints on its AI revenue, saying in Q2 that AI was a “fast-growing triple-digit year-over-year percentage multibillion-dollar business” and in Q3 that its Trainium chips had grown 150% QoQ and were a multi-billion dollar business. Again, assuming AI contributed roughly half or slightly above half of AWS’ 20% YoY growth, or 10 to 12 points, this would project AI revenue to be ~$2.8-3.3 billion, or more than $10-12 billion annualized. This would represent 8-10% of AWS’ TTM revenue.  Amazon also signed a $38 billion, multi-year deal with OpenAI in November to give the AI firm immediate access to Nvidia GPUs on AWS.

Amazon has the weakest margins among Big Tech companies, as the majority of its revenue is generated by its lower-margin e-commerce business. In Q3, operating margin improved modestly by 20 basis points YoY but declined 30 basis points sequentially to 11.3%.

Graphic showing Amazon’s Q3 operating margin with a marginal year‑over‑year improvement but a sequential decline compared to the previous quarter.

Amazon’s Q3 operating margin has improved marginally YoY and down sequentially. 

Amazon is the biggest spender among the Big Tech companies. Amazon’s capex in Q3 rose 55% YoY to $35.1 billion, with the company raising the 2025 capex guidance to $125 billion, up 51% YoY. The company’s CEO, Andy Jassy, said in the Q3 earnings call, “You're going to see us continue to be very aggressive investing in capacity because we see the demand. As fast as we're adding capacity right now, we're monetizing it.” The company has a net cash position of $43.5 billion.  

Takeaway:  

AWS enjoyed an early mover advantage to cloud infrastructure-as-a-service (IaaS) yet that advantage could be in jeopardy in the AI era. These concerns were alleviated somewhat in the last earnings report as AWS revenue reported 20% YoY growth for $33 billion in Q3, marking the fastest growth since Q4 2022. Amazon also struck a seven-year cloud computing deal with OpenAI, signaling renewed momentum. 

Similar to Google, AWS is building out its custom Trainium chip and expanded its AI-focused programs, including accelerators for startups and new cloud services that help enterprises adopt generative AI. The custom chips offer 4X performance and efficiency gains for better price-performance compared to GPUs. This helps to lower AWS’ compute costs and will lead to better margins given the more competitive pricing for training and inference at scale. 

Meta ($META): The $60B Advantage+ Engine 

Meta has the fastest growth among the Big Tech companies and is an early AI beneficiary. The company is benefiting from AI-driven recommendation models that are improving advertiser ROI and increasing time spent across its family of apps, supporting stronger advertising revenue growth. The company’s Q3 advertising revenue grew by 25.6% YoY to $50.1 billion, accelerating more than nine points since Q1 and marking the fastest growth in six quarters. 

Chart showing Meta’s accelerating revenue growth from 16.1% in Q1 to 21.6% in Q2 and reaching 26.2% year‑over‑year in Q3.

Meta’s revenue growth has accelerated from 16.1% in Q1 to 21.6% in Q2, and to 26.2% YoY in Q3.  

Source: YChartsYCharts

In terms of AI-driven revenue, Meta’s Advantage+ is outpacing OpenAI by 3X and is also offering the strongest AI revenue among the FAAMGs – in Q3, the company revealed that its end-to-end AI-powered ads platform Advantage+ has reached a $60 billion annual run rate, just 3.5 years after its launch. We recently covered this in more detail in our free newsletter, The AI Revenue Leader Nobody Is Talking About—Second Only to Nvidia Stock. 

Meta is witnessing a deceleration in margins due to rising expenses supporting its AI infrastructure. Reality Labs also continues to incur losses, recording a $4.43 billion loss from operations in Q3 2025, and its cumulative losses now total $73.04 billion. During Q3 earnings, management mentioned that total expenses “will grow at a significantly faster percentage rate in 2026” driven by infrastructure costs, incremental cloud costs and depreciation, followed by employee compensation. In December, Meta’s CEO, Mark Zuckerberg, said that they plan to cut Metaverse projects by up to 30%, which is positive.

Graphic showing Meta’s Q3 operating margin decreasing both year‑over‑year and compared to the previous quarter.

Meta’s Q3 operating margin was down YoY and sequentially.

Meta’s Q3 capex grew by 111% YoY to $19.4 billion. The strong growth was primarily driven by investments in servers, data centers, and network infrastructure. Management also increased the 2025 capex to a range of $70 billion to $72 billion, up from the prior outlook of $66 billion to $72 billion. It represents a YoY growth of 81% from the prior year. Due to continued investments in AI infrastructure, Meta expects next year’s capex to be significantly higher than in 2025, particularly as their compute needs are higher than their expectations. Management stated in the earnings call, “As we have begun to plan for next year, it's become clear that our compute needs have continued to expand meaningfully, including versus our own expectations last quarter. We are still working through our capacity plans for next year, but we expect to invest aggressively to meet these needs, both by building our own infrastructure and contracting with third-party cloud providers.” 

Meta has the weakest balance sheet among the Big Tech companies with a net cash position of $15.7 billion. Meta has also entered a joint venture with Blue Owl Capital to fund its development of the Hyperion data center in Louisiana. Thereby, helping it to keep about $27 billion in debt off-balance sheet, where it would sit in a special-purpose vehicle tied to Blue Owl. While this approach may improve reported leverage and financial ratios, it carries inherent risks.  

Takeaway: 

Which company has the world’s most valuable data? While some will argue it’s a tie between Google, Meta, Microsoft and Amazon – I believe the contextual richness of social media data puts Meta at a slight advantage. In addition, Advantage+ is the second largest AI revenue segment on the market today; a stat this is materially underreported in the media. 

However, the biggest hurdle Meta faces is not visibly seen in the fundamentals but rather the company must convince developers to adopt its large language models, which are underwhelming on benchmarks compared to OpenAI and Anthropic's Claude. From where it stands today, it’s hard to see a path where Meta commercializes Llama. 

Instead, in the near-term, Meta’s opportunity lies in its ability to monetize its own platforms. This approach has proven to be unusually effective, given the revenue we are seeing from Advantage+. Over time, however, Meta will need to bring additional AI-driven applications to market to keep pace with competitors that are beginning to monetize not only infrastructure, but the full software stack built on top of it. 

Apple ($AAPL): Record Services Revenue 

Apple has the slowest revenue growth among Big Tech companies. The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 7.9% YoY to $102.5 billion. Revenue is expected to accelerate to 11.4% YoY to $138.5 billion in Q4. The services revenue achieved a record of $28.8 billion in Q3, growing 15.1% YoY.

Chart showing Apple’s revenue growth rising from 5.1% in Q1 to 9.6% in Q2 before decelerating to 7.9% year‑over‑year in Q3.

Apple’s revenue growth has accelerated from 5.1% in Q1 to 9.6% in Q2 and decelerated to 7.9% YoY in Q3. 

Source: YChartsYCharts

The company’s Q3 operating margin improved 50 basis points YoY and 170 basis points sequentially to 31.7%. The improvement in margins was primarily driven by favorable product mix, cost discipline, and a higher contribution of margin from better-margin services revenue.

Graphic showing Apple’s Q3 operating margin improving both year‑over‑year and compared with the previous quarter.

Apple’s Q3 operating margin was up YoY and sequentially. Source: YCharts 

Takeaway: 

Apple is not an infrastructure player, and thus given we are in the infrastructure phase of AI, one of the world’s most valuable companies is largely sitting this one out. While Apple benefits from exceptional margins, a fortress balance sheet, and strong cash generation, those strengths are not translating into leadership in the current phase of the AI training market. 

Our firm is focused on identifying AI’s biggest winners, and from that perspective, the opportunity cost of owning Apple over companies supplying AI infrastructure, energy, and on the brink of monetizing LLMs is significant. Apple may serve as a defensive allocation, but in my opinion, it does not offer the same asymmetric upside as the companies building—and monetizing—the backbone of the AI economy. 

This may change once more AI applications are in the hands of consumers, but for now, Apple is not part of our AI investment focus. 

Conclusion 

Based on this analysis, Google stands out as having the strongest Big Tech AI positioning today, given its ability to monetize AI directly through Search while simultaneously accelerating Cloud growth. To add to this, Google will see improved unit economics with custom silicon with a path to expand margins despite elevated capex. 

At the same time, we continue to see Big Tech broadly underperform AI hardware suppliers – even Google. For example, while many are celebrating Google’s stock performance last year, stocks like AMD and Micron effortlessly outperformed the 2025 Big Tech winner – as did dozens of lesser-known suppliers. This is easily visible in the QQQs returning 20.2% last year compared to SMH at 48.7%.  

In our view, the most compelling value creation in today’s AI market remains on the supply side, particularly among underappreciated hardware and infrastructure players. Rather than Big Tech, I/O Fund is focused on where AI demand is more broadly flowing, which companies are translating spend into profits, and how to position ahead of the next leadership shift. Viewed through a longer-cycle lens—especially around when monetization becomes meaningful—the expectation that Big Tech will lead as early as the first half of 2026 appears premature relative to other, more attractive areas of the market.

Next Wednesday, I’m dropping my Top 15 List of AI Stocks for Q1 2026 – this quarterly report ranks the companies I believe will define the next year and whose fundamentals are on fire. Notably, Big Tech did not rank high enough to make the list. The 42-page report is for I/O Fund premium members. Sign up now.Top 15 List of AI Stocks for Q1 2026 – this quarterly report ranks the companies I believe will define the next year and whose fundamentals are on fire. Notably, Big Tech did not rank high enough to make the list. The 42-page report is for I/O Fund premium members. Sign up now.

Royston Roche and Damien Robbins, Equity Analysts at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the Fund’s positions. We then share that information with our readers. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis.

Recommended Reading:

  • Palantir Stock 2026 Forecast: Is Its High Valuation Sustainable?
  • Top 10 Tech Stocks of 2025: How the AI Trade Defied the Skeptics
  • Nvidia & Beyond: I/O Fund’s Best Free AI Stock Research in 2025
  • AI Stocks & Nvidia: I/O Fund’s 2025 Tech Media Highlights
Posted in AI StocksLeave a Comment on The $530 Billion AI Question: Which Big Tech Stock is Winning?

Arm: Data Center Royalties Double YoY, Riding Grace Blackwell, Vera Rubin Growth

Posted on January 20, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund

AI’s need for high-performance, energy-efficient chips creates a long-term tailwind for Arm, as the company’s heterogenous CPU architectures are seeing rapid adoption in data center applications.  

The company’s license and royalty revenue model had centered around its v9 architecture, as it commanded double the royalty of v8 at ~5%, and is featured in “virtually all high-end data center chips” and a majority of smartphones. For example, Arm’s Neoverse V2 (based on v9) powers Nvidia’s Grace CPU on its Grace Hopper and Grace Blackwell platforms, along with Amazon’s Graviton4 CPUs, Google’s Axion CPUs, and more.  

Arm is also pushing ahead with its Compute Subsystems (CSS) platform to help accelerate time to market for complex chip designs, such as Microsoft’s newest Azure Cobalt 200 CPU rolling out through 2026. CSS notably carries double the royalty rate as v9, which management placed at roughly 10%, providing another lever for growth as Arm continues its trend of doubling royalty rates per each architecture generation. 

Arm’s exact data center revenue is unclear, though data center royalties doubled YoY in fiscal Q2, likely driven by the continuing ramp of Nvidia’s Grace Blackwell platforms. For another view on data center-linked revenue, Arm’s management explained that it is reasonable to assume cloud and networking would reach 15% to 20% share of royalty revenue for the fiscal year, up from ~10% last year, or potentially up to $525 million.  

Down to the fundamentals, Arm’s revenue growth accelerated 22 points in fiscal Q2 to nearly 35% while margins expanded and FCF surged, though revenue growth is expected to normalize to 25% in Q3. While growth pales in comparison to key customers such as Nvidia, forward estimates are lower than current growth rates with analysts projecting Arm to grow at a ~20% CAGR over the next few years. However, there are a handful of tailwinds that could propel revenue growth to exceed current estimates, closer to the 25-27% CAGR range.  

Arm’s Edge vs x86 Lies in Energy Efficiency, Cost 

Arm is seeing rapid growth in the data center/server CPU market, with the company forecasting its server CPU share at the top hyperscalers to reach as much as 50% by the end of 2025, up from just 15% in 2024. These strong share gains versus x86-based chips from AMD and Intel primarily stem from Arm’s lower power consumption and price performance advantages.  

Arm’s designs are built on a Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC) architecture, which means the processors feature smaller, optimized instruction sets that allow the CPU to execute tasks more rapidly. This is in contrast to x86 processors, based on a Complex Instruction Set Computing (CISC) architecture, which allows the processors to complete more complex tasks with fewer instructions, leading to higher power consumption.  

RISC-based processors that Arm offers feature simpler hardware designs, accelerating the deployment process, offering lower per-chip cost and better performance per-watt. Arm also provides a foundation for ‘heterogeneous compute’ platforms, which integrate CPUs, GPUs, and NPUs to facilitate lower power and improved efficiency by allocating workloads to the most suitable processor in the platform. 

Arm’s rapid growth in AI data centers stems from this performance and efficiency advantage, as data centers are being designed and optimized for performance-per-watt as GPU racks get increasingly powerful with each generation. We had covered this in the summer of 2024, AI Power Consumption: Rapidly Becoming Mission-Critical, noting that performance and efficiency will be front of mind as the industry scales towards one million GPU clusters. We had also covered Arm’s growing data center tailwinds and support of next-gen AI chips in March 2024 in our free newsletter, Arm Stock: AI Chip Favorite Is Overpriced. 

Amazon, Google and Microsoft are all designing and deploying custom Arm-based CPUs for these significant performance and efficiency advantages – testing by Signal65 showed that AWS’ Graviton4 CPU consistently outperformed AMD and Intel chips across a variety of workloads. Amazon announced in early December that for the third year in a row, its Arm-based Graviton CPUs accounted for more than half of the CPU capacity it added. 

Source: Signal65 

Google says its Axion CPUs can offer up to 65% better price-performance and 60% better energy efficiency versus x86 alternatives, excelling at matrix-heavy inference workloads to offer a “compelling CPU-based ML inference platform, alongside GPUs and TPUs.”  

Microsoft’s Cobalt 100 CPUs boast ~48-53% better performance and ~91-99% better price-performance on real-time data processing and caching, and web infrastructure and networking workloads versus AMD’s Genoa instances in benchmark testing. Microsoft says its upcoming Cobalt 200 CPU, ramping in 2026, can deliver up to 50% better performance over the Cobalt 100.  

Meta and Arm struck a partnership in October, under which the social media giant will use Arm’s Neoverse platform to optimize its AI ranking and recommendation models. Meta said Neoverse will help it “deliver higher performance and lower power consumption compared to x86 systems” and achieve performance-per-watt parity.

Brief Background on Arm, Revenue Model and Key Products 

Arm offers the most popular CPU architecture in the world with 325 billion chips shipped since inception, of which 31 billion were shipped in FY25. Arm is most dominant in mobile CPUs with >99% market share, followed by automotive at 44%. This dominant share is achieved through its rich software developer ecosystem of 22 million, likely more concentrated in mobile whereas competing x86 is the more popular instruction set on PCs. Cloud compute and networking are smaller end markets at ~20% and 30% but quickly growing on strong AI compute demand.  

Arm’s revenue model is centered on licensing and royalty revenue for its IP, with dozens of different chip designs and platforms for a multitude of applications across smartphone, data center, automotive and other industries. 

Arm’s different licensing models are the following: 

Arm Total Access Agreements (ATA): A type of license where Arm provides a comprehensive package of CPU designs and related technologies for an annual fee. ATA has a fixed term and Arm reserves the right to modify the package by adding or removing specific products. Arm reported 48 ATA licenses as of fiscal Q2, up three QoQ and nine YoY. 

Arm Flexible Access Agreements: This model provides a selection of CPU designs and related technologies for an annual fee, although the latest products are not included like under ATA. Flexible Access customers also need to pay a single-use license fee for specific products if they are included in the final chip design. Arm had 312 Flexible Access licensees in Q2, down one QoQ but up 43 YoY. 

Arm also has Technology Licensing Agreements (TLA) that involve licensing a specific CPU design or technology to the customer for a fixed fee, either for a set term or number of uses; and Architecture License Agreements (ALA) under which customers design their own customized CPU designs using the Arm’s Instruction Set Architecture (ISA). 

Moving to products, Arm offers a wide range of different IP designs and platforms for different end markets – its Neoverse family targets AI/HPC and data center applications, while Cortex primarily targets smartphones and laptops. 

Arm’s Neoverse family includes eight different designs across three lines, Neoverse-N, Neoverse-V and Neoverse-E. N is optimized for maximal performance per watt/per dollar for scale-out applications, DPUs, networking switches and custom ASICs, and E is optimized for maximal throughput. V is optimized for maximal per core performance for HPC and memory-intensive applications, featuring 32 to 128+ cores and drawing 80-350W of power (versus 500W for AMD’s 128 core EPYC 9755 processors). Neoverse has now surpassed 1 billion cores deployed as of this quarter since launching in early 2019. 

Arm’s Cortex family includes more than 46 designs, offering customers flexibility to optimize for performance, power efficiency, throughput or more, for a range of applications from software-defined vehicles, smartphones, edge IoT devices, laptops and more. Arm also offers its Mali and Immortalis designs for mobile and consumer GPUs, as well as its Ethos NPUs for edge AI devices.  

Arm is also pushing further into Compute Subsystems (CSS), which are pre-integrated, nearly-finished CPU packages that bundle CPU cores, interconnect, memory, power management and software to reduce design time and accelerate time to market. Arm currently offers three different CSS platforms, Neoverse CSS for data centers, Lumex CSS for smartphones and PCs, and Zena CSS for automotive. Arm signed three new CSS licenses in Q2 to bring its total to 19, adding that demand for CSS exceeds its expectations. 

Powering Nvidia’s Grace, Vera CPUs 

While Arm’s designs underpin the major hyperscalers’ in-house CPU efforts, it also powers Nvidia’s Grace Blackwell and upcoming Vera Rubin platforms via the Grace and Vera CPUs. As a brief reminder, the GB200 and GB300 feature 72 Blackwell chips connected by 36 Grace CPUs, underscoring the importance of Arm’s CPU involvement within the rack.  

The Grace CPU features 72 of Arm’s Neoverse V2 cores connected by Nvidia’s Scalable Coherency Fabric (SCF) to offer 3.2 TB/s of bisection bandwidth, which Nvidia says its double that of traditional CPUs. Grace also delivers ~2x performance per watt and the highest memory bandwidth over other leading servers. In the NVL72 configuration, the Grace CPU helps deliver up to 18x faster data processing with up to a 5x better TCO.  

As a standalone CPU (Grace CPU C1), Grace delivers 1.5x to 3x faster throughput and comparable or faster performance versus x86 instances, with power consumption of just 250W or 500W including memory, versus ~400W and ~900W for x86, per Nvidia.  

Source: Nvidia 

Nvidia’s Vera CPU will feature 88 ‘Olympus’ custom Arm cores with spatial multi-threading, which, according to CEO Jensen Huang, “enables each thread to have the full throughput of a single core, giving the chip the same processing capacity as 176 cores” and enables it to optimize for performance or density at any time. Vera is also the first CPU to support FP8 precision, and features 3X more system memory and >2x memory bandwidth as Grace with less than 50W of memory power consumption, making it ideal for agentic AI, KV-cache management for inference and memory-bound workloads. 

Arm’s Long-Term Growth Centered Around Data Center Opportunities 

Arm’s long term growth opportunities are likely to be focused around AI data center deployments, considering the company’s increasing role in Nvidia’s GPU systems, along with custom CPU deployments at the hyperscalers. However, Arm is by no means a hypergrowth stock and will not experience a hypergrowth trajectory in the same fashion as some of its customers like Nvidia; rather, the growth story will center on maintaining a >20% revenue CAGR and potentially stronger earnings CAGR as data center deployments featuring its chips scale. 

Moving through 2026, Arm has solid visibility into Nvidia-linked growth as GB200/300 racks continue to ramp with Rubin on deck for the second half, backed by Nvidia’s visibility into ~$320 billion in orders for its fiscal 2027. Assuming GB200/300 rack shipments of ~28,000 to 30,000 in 2025, per Morgan Stanley, this would project to more than 1 million to 1.08 million Grace CPUs shipped.  

For 2026, analysts project GB200/300 shipments to rise to 55,000 to 70,000, or roughly doubling or potentially more than doubling YoY. Grace CPUs will match that trajectory, and if this does pan out, it can reasonably be inferred that Arm’s Nvidia-linked revenue could double in 2026. There’s also Nvidia and OpenAI’s agreement to deploy up to 10GW of AI infrastructure, said to be separate from Stargate, with the first GW coming online in the second half of 2026 on Nvidia’s new Vera Rubin platform.  

Some of Arm’s other tailwinds in the data center next year include the ramp of AWS’ Graviton5 CPUs and the rollout of Microsoft’s Cobalt 200 chips, as well as other components on the networking side, including Mellanox’s (Nvidia) BlueField DPUs, AWS Nitro DPUs and platforms using Broadcom’s Tomahawk such as those from Arista.  

Capex signals from Big Tech/hyperscalers (Microsoft, Meta, Alphabet, Amazon, Oracle) remain robust with calendar 2025 spending projected to be around $435 billion, while initial estimates for 2026 capex are around $583 billion, up 34% YoY. On a dollar basis, this points to an initial estimate of ~$148 billion in growth, versus ~$173 billion in 2025, signaling robust AI spending is poised to continue.  

Stargate represents a large long-term opportunity for Arm, serving as the core CPU provider for the project with the potential for other design opportunities in the future. In October, Stargate announced five new sites to bring its total planned capacity up to 7 GW, with Abilene expected to scale to 1.2GW by mid-2026 and two of the new sites able to scale to 1.5GW by early 2027. However, Arm continues to remain tight-lipped about the long-term annual revenue opportunities from Stargate, simply saying in Q2 that the “demand picture for compute is greater” now than it was when Stargate was first announced, and the new sites “expand visibility into future AI capacity.”  

On a broader view, forecasts point to potentially >100GW of AI data center capacity coming online through 2030. For example, McKinsey projects AI training and inference-dedicated capacity to rise from ~44GW in 2025 to more than 155GW by 2030, rising at a nearly 29% CAGR. Putting the pieces together here suggests that there will be tens of GWs of capacity coming online over the next few years that will feature Arm IP, whether it be primarily via Nvidia’s rack-scale deployments or hyperscalers rolling out next-gen custom CPUs or networking growth supporting larger clusters.  

This is one leg of Arm’s key competitive advantage, in that it is now featured in a majority of AI accelerators deployed, along with increasing presence in custom CPUs and networking components, which could be furthered in the future via its acquisition of Ethernet and RDMA startup DreamBig Semiconductor. The other leg is Arm’s price and performance per watt advantage over x86 rivals when power is arising as a key bottleneck, allowing customers to extract more compute per megawatt.  

These factors support the potential for Arm to exceed current estimates for a ~20-21% revenue CAGR over the next few years, potentially to the 25-27% range. This would likely require Arm to exceed estimates by ~$50-70 million per quarter, which Arm has shown is doable under the right conditions, on top of a ~20% growth baseline.  

For example, for fiscal 2027 (Mar ’26 to Mar ’27) revenue to grow above 26% to around $6.25 billion, Arm would need around a $70 million beat on average each quarter (what it delivered in Q2). This is supported by Blackwell and Rubin ramping in full volume combined with Cobalt, Graviton CPUs and new Tomahawk switch platforms ramping, along with other products in smartphones and automotive. Increasing blended royalty rates as v9-based and CSS-based chips shipped also support stronger growth moving through fiscal 2027. 

Modeling off a 20% growth baseline (continuing the trajectory from FY24/25/26), would place fiscal 2028 revenue at ~$7.5 billion, or ~7% ahead of current estimates for $7.02 billion. Similar quarterly outperformance as Rubin and then Rubin Ultra ramp could drive revenue up to $7.8 billion, or ~24.8% YoY.  

Potential Shift into Full Chip Design, SoftBank Ties 

Another outlet for growth could stem from a potential transition from IP licensing into full chip design, such as for standalone complex SoCs (system-on-chip) or chiplets, though details on how Arm would progress into this arena are sparse. Analysts continue to prod for details considering Arm has hinted about this move for a few quarters, but management remains quiet on exactly when and how this move could happen.  

Ross Seymore, Deutsche Bank: “You mentioned about exploring different sorts of go-to-market methodologies, chiplets, etc. When do you expect to give us more color on when that's going to go from exploration to return on investment or the actual strategy?” 

Jason Childs, Arm EVP and CFO: “The way we think about when we announce something, if it were to be something related to full SoCs, it would be once there's tape-out, once there's samples back and once there's actually noncancelable customer orders, when we achieve all 3 of those milestones, that's when we would probably talk about something because this would be a new business and something we haven't done before. So whenever those milestones are achieved, that's when you should expect to hear from us.” Arm CEO Rene Haas also mentioned that developing chiplets or SoCs would require a higher level of operating expenses, such as what is seen in the slight step-up for Q3 (adj opex moving from $648 million in Q2 to $720 million in Q3). Considering tape-out timelines at TSMC are likely around six months at the soonest, it may not be until later in 2026 or 2027 that Arm provides more details.  

This is also tied in to Arm’s parent SoftBank, who is effectively partially funding this effort and is a major customer for Arm with revenue increasing $52 million QoQ from $126 million in fiscal Q1 to $178 million in Q2, or ~16% of revenue. Arm’s management said that this is a “good run rate to assume going forward,” implying SoftBank will contribute around $600 to $700 million annually in license plus design service revenue. 

What this means is that SoftBank is licensing Arm’s IP to work with it on exploring future chip solutions, with design services “being effectively a kind of a funded R&D model,” per Arm. EVP & CFO Jason Child explained that “at some point, probably in the next year or so, you'll hear us talk about what products those might be. But, obviously, that's not just up to us. It's when SoftBank's ready to talk about what these products could look like and what the revenue profile etcetera is. And so, when that would occur, it's likely to assume that there would be somewhat different revenue source, whether it's royalties, or gross revenue from selling a chip. If in fact it's a full SoC, those are all things that are still to be worked out. And, yeah, I would think of that as being, to some extent, cannibalistic of whatever the current license and design services.” 

This move could help Arm unlock more value for its IP from selling chips externally instead of simply collecting a single-digit royalty fee – for example, Nvidia raked in more than $51 billion in data center revenue whereas Arm’s entire royalty revenue was $620 million. Even if Arm successfully orchestrates a move and can ship a couple hundred million worth of self-developed chips quarterly (below 0.5% of Nvidia and AMD’s combined data center revenue), this could still represent a huge boost to Arm’s revenue generation. 

Financials 

Revenue Accelerates 22 Points in FQ2 

Arm’s revenue growth accelerated more than 22 points from 12.1% YoY in fiscal Q1 to 34.5% YoY in fiscal Q2 to $1.13 billion, while QoQ growth rebounded from (15.1%) to 7.8% QoQ. Growth has been lumpy historically. 

Royalty revenue increased 21% to a record $620 million, with the largest contributors to growth being smartphones with higher royalty rates and data center, with royalty revenue doubling YoY.  However, this marked a slight deceleration from 25% YoY growth in the prior quarter. Licensing revenue rose 56% YoY to $515 million on normal timing fluctuations, accelerating from (1%) growth in the prior quarter.   

For Q3, Arm guided for revenue of $1.225 billion at midpoint, though this represents a deceleration to 24.6% YoY and 7.9% QoQ growth. Royalty revenue is guided to be up just over 20% YoY, maintaining Q2’s growth or a marginal acceleration, while license revenue is guided to be up 25-30% YoY. 

AI Revenue  

Arm does not provide specifics into its data center revenue contributions, but as noted above, data center royalties doubled YoY on continued deployment of Arm-based chips at hyperscalers. Data center Neoverse royalties more than doubled YoY, and Arm expects to reach 50% share in of CPUs deployed by hyperscalers by the end of 2025.   

For another view, Arm’s management explained that it is reasonable to assume cloud and networking would reach 15% to 20% share of royalty revenue for the fiscal year, up from ~10% last year. Assuming Q3 and Q4 see royalty revenue rise ~20% YoY, this could project cloud and networking’s contribution for fiscal 2026 to ~$394 to $525 million.  

Key Metrics  

Arm’s key metrics were mixed in Q2, with annualized contract value (ACV), normalizing license revenue, showing strong growth yet RPO declined. ACV increased 5% QoQ and 28% YoY to $1.6 billion, its second quarter of 28% YoY growth and a strong acceleration from the low/mid-teens previously.

However, RPO declined (6%) YoY but was up 1% QoQ to $2.25 billion, reversing from a 3% increase in Q1. RPO growth has struggled over the prior five quarters, with Arm reporting YoY declines in four of these five. Arm expects to recognize ~29% of RPO as revenue over the next 12 months, or ~$651 million.  

Margins 

Arm saw strong margin expansion down the line, with operating and net margin expanding at a much larger degree than gross margin in Q2, signaling that adoption of its higher margin v9 and CSS platforms is translating to bottom line strength.  

  • GAAP gross margin was 97.4% in Q2, up 1.2 points YoY and 0.2 points QoQ.   
  • GAAP operating margin was 14.4%, up 6.8 points YoY and 3.6 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 41.1%, up 2.5 points YoY and 2 points QoQ; for Q3, adjusted operating margin is implied to be ~39.4% at midpoint assuming gross margin is flat QoQ.    
  • GAAP net margin was 21%, up 8.3 points YoY and 8.7 points QoQ.  

Earnings 

Arm delivered strong GAAP EPS growth in Q2 as margins expanded down the line, while adjusted EPS growth was more muted but solid nonetheless.   

GAAP EPS was $0.22 in Q2, up 120% YoY and more than 66% ahead of estimates for $0.13. Adjusted EPS was $0.39, nearly 18% ahead of estimates for $0.33 and representing growth of 30% YoY.   

For Q3, Arm guided for adjusted EPS to be $0.41, +/- $0.04, for YoY growth of just 5%. Q4 is estimated to see growth of just 2.7% YoY to $0.56, before reaccelerating to >29% YoY growth in each quarter of fiscal 2027.  

For fiscal 2026, Arm is expected to earn adjusted EPS of $1.72, up 5.4% YoY, before accelerating to 32.2% growth in fiscal 2027 to $2.27. 

Cash 

Cash flows improved substantially on a YoY basis, and Arm’s balance sheet remains robust and debt-free.  

  • Operating cash flow was $567 million for a 50% margin, up from a 0.7% margin in the year ago quarter and a 31.5% margin in the prior quarter.  
  • Adjusted free cash flow was $411 million for a 36.2% margin, a significant increase from (7.7%) in the year ago quarter and 14.2% in the prior quarter.   

Cash and equivalents totaled $3.26 billion and debt was zero.  

Notable Risks

Arm has a handful of key risks, notably its premium valuation compared to other leading AI chipmakers despite lagging on growth metrics, and that the AI buildout will more directly benefit the primary AI data center beneficiaries while AI while see barely a fraction of AI spending. This premium valuation versus its customers is not new to the story, as we had covered this in August 2024 in our newsletter, Arm Stock: Buy Its Customers, Not The Stock. 

Arm trades at 25.3x forward PS with revenue growth expected to be ~21%, whereas Nvidia trades at a 21.4x multiple with growth projected to be 3x the rate of Arm’s at 63%. Broadcom also trades at 17x with AI revenue likely more than doubling this year to more than $40 billion, or more than 8X Arm’s projected annual revenue. However, it is important to note that Arm is trading at the lower end of its valuation range since its IPO, having traded as high as 50x forward PS and as low as 16x (for an average of nearly 32x).  

This valuation premium is matched on the bottom line, with Arm trading at a 67.2x multiple, versus both Nvidia and Broadcom at 40x and 34x respectively. This premium valuation presents risks considering Arm again is growing much slower than its peers, with EPS growth projected to be 5% for Arm versus 57% and 49% for Nvidia and Broadcom. 

Even with Arm increasing royalty rates by 2x with each new architecture, from 2.5% with v8 to 5% with v9 and now to 10% with CSS, Arm’s growth may continue to lag that of peers as the AI buildout progresses, and it may have to take the leap into design to capture more incremental revenue and accelerate growth significantly. 

The smartphone market will be key to watch throughout this year as rising memory prices are expected to impact growth, with IDC projecting the market to decline (0.9%) in 2026, revised from a prior view for 1.2% growth, and other groups forecasting a decline of more than (2%) YoY. Considering smartphones contributed ~45% of royalty revenue in fiscal 2025, data center growth may not be enough to offset a soft smartphone market this year. 

Arm also faces a higher degree of related-party risk from SoftBank, with analysts from BofA believing that SoftBank could account for 25-30% of licensing revenue, and that fiscal 2026 licensing revenue could decline (5%) YoY when excluding SoftBank.  

China exposure presents a risk, with the geography contributing approximately ~22% of revenue in Q2; for the first half of fiscal 2026, China accounted for 21% of revenue, up 3 points versus the same period in fiscal 2025. Arm did say that the “demand in China looks to be as strong as we've ever seen” and it recorded one of its largest license deals in the quarter, though China is openly supporting RISC-V. This new architecture is Arm’s open-source competitor, which emphasizes register access over direct memory access, which may be more suitable for parallel processing. While it is unlikely that RISC-V overtakes Arm in the near-term, it could become a serious contender in future years and a headwind in a major market, given Chinese firms such as Alibaba and others have launched RISC-V CPUs and server CPUs this year.  

Conclusion 

Arm’s presence in the data center is sharply rising as it is powering some of the most important AI platforms currently (and soon to be) shipping, including Nvidia’s Grace Blackwell and Vera Rubin and the hyperscalers’ custom CPU efforts. The ramp of these platforms through 2026 and 2027, combined with strong AI capex trends and a focus on performance per watt as power emerges as a key bottleneck can drive strong growth for Arm over the next few years.  

However, the major downside to Arm’s model is that the company only sees a small percentage of the end market value it creates, and at times it can be better to own Arm’s customers instead of Arm in the midst of these strong trends. For example, mobile handsets created a $200+ billion segment for Apple yet only resulted in (roughly) $3 billion for Arm. The deployment of hundreds of GW of AI data center capacity could require $3 trillion to as much as $7 trillion in spending, yet Arm is only currently expected to scale from less than $5 billion in revenue to almost $12 billion in annual revenue by 2030, barely seeing a fraction of this growth.  

For now, we are passing on Arm yet will certainly reconsider if the company pivots toward design.

Damien Robbins, Equity Analyst at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

Every Thursday at 4:30 pm Eastern, the I/O Fund team holds a webinar for premium members to discuss how to navigate the broad market, as well as various stock and crypto entries and exits. Beth Kindig offers weekly deep dives including lesser-known cryptocurrencies and AI stocks, plus the team offers trade alerts. The I/O Fund team is one of the only audited portfolios available to individual investors. If you’d like to subscribe to the Advanced Market Signals plan, email us at premium@io-fund.compremium@io-fund.com.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the Fund’s positions. We then share that information with our readers. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis.

Recommended Reading:

  • The I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas List for Q1 2026
  • SanDisk: Shares Up 559% In 2025 On NAND Flash, Enterprise SSD Tailwinds
  • Celestica Eyes FY26 Acceleration on Strong Networking Switch Demand
  • Nebius: Financing its Data Center Ambitions Will be Challenging
Posted in Data Center, Semiconductor StocksLeave a Comment on Arm: Data Center Royalties Double YoY, Riding Grace Blackwell, Vera Rubin Growth

SanDisk: Shares Up 559% In 2025 On NAND Flash, Enterprise SSD Tailwinds 

Posted on January 15, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund

SanDisk was the best stock in the S&P 500 in 2025 with a 559% return, and the company is continuing this strong performance in 2026 with shares up 41% in barely two weeks. Much of this performance is rumored to be linked to Nvidia’s CES presentation where the GPU leader discussed context windows as the next bottleneck for AI inference, and hinted at rack-scale and network solid state drives (SSDs) becoming key components to address this. 

On a broader level, data center/enterprise SSDs are often overlooked but equally critical as HBM when it comes to AI training and inference. This is because data center SSDs offer higher read-write speeds critical for accessing and transferring data rapidly, along with higher performance and energy efficiency, vital factors for larger-scale AI training and inference workloads.    

SanDisk operates independently after being spun out of Western Digital in February 2025. The company expects to ride enterprise SSD demand tailwinds with management projecting sequential growth in its data center segment through 2026, with two hyperscaler qualifications underway and an additional hyperscaler expected in 2026.  

However, data center remains a smaller portion of revenue, contributing $269 million last quarter or less than 12% of revenue, with client (PC/smartphones) and consumer products (SD cards/USB) remaining core to its business.  

The Context Bottleneck, and Extending KV Cache to SSDs 

Moving to some longer-term tailwinds for SSDs, Nvidia discussed how context windows could soon be the new bottleneck for AI inference performance at CES this week, as it unveiled its new Inference Context Memory Storage platform (ICMS) to address growing key-value (KV) cache capacity limits. KV cache capacity is a known pain point when working to balance long-context reasoning and memory capacity.  

Put simply, the KV cache is a memory optimization technique that stores calculations during the inference phase, allowing the model to remember those prior calculations instead of repeating them, thus enabling faster response times; without it, latency would be much higher and computation much slower as every new token would require recalculation of all prior tokens. KV cache essentially serves as a model’s long-term memory that is reused and extended throughout many steps or requests.  

However, the KV cache has a substantial memory footprint, especially for long contexts, and during deployment it can consume ~30% of GPU memory, making it a major bottleneck for large-context applications, such as coding, natural language processing, or handling simultaneous requests from many users on large models.  

Let’s first take a look at KV cache from a tensor parallelism perspective, and how distributing memory across tens to thousands of GPUs significantly increases available KV cache memory, translating directly to larger maximum token context windows. 

For example, a single AMD MI300X GPU running a Llama-70B model would have ~17GB of memory capacity available for the KV cache, after accounting for 140GB to store model parameters (2 bytes per parameter on FP16, so 70 billion * 2), and 35GB for the activation buffer (estimated ~25% of model storage), per TensorWave. With an estimated 2.6MB required per token (or 2.6GB per 1K tokens), a single GPU can handle a max request of ~6,500 tokens.  

When you distribute model parameter and activation buffer across an 8-GPU server, or ~17.5GB and 4.4GB per GPU, this frees up 170.6GB per GPU for the KV cache, a ~10X increase; for the server, KV cache memory availability is now 1,360GB. This means that an 8-GPU server could now handle a max request of 523,000 tokens, an ~80X increase, with gains that only compound as server size and memory increase.  This can then be optimized for longer contexts, or 8 requests of 64k context lengths, for high-throughput, or 64 requests of 8k context lengths, or other combinations.  

Here’s where SSDs fit in – by extending or offloading KV cache to local SSDs, model prefill and time to first token can be significantly reduced, thus significantly decreasing latency and increasing throughput.  

AI inference acceleration startup WEKA states that when it tested Llama-3.1 70B with no optimizations, a 100K token prompt took 24 seconds to prefill into the model before any output could be generated, but “extending GPU memory to ultra-fast storage [NVMe SSDs] can dramatically improve token processing efficiency.” When configuring an Nvidia DGX H100 server with an 8-node exabyte-scale NVMe SSD pod, WEKA says its “tests demonstrated a staggering 41x reduction in prefill time on LLaMA3.1-70B, dropping from 23.97 seconds to just 0.58 seconds,” significantly improving model efficiency with zero optimizations – simply from adding SSDs to extend GPU memory.  

Google ran tests using an 8-GPU H100 server on Llama-3.3 70B, extending system memory to larger, lower-cost CPU RAM and enterprise SSD tiers. For a ~4 million token cache, Google found that utilizing CPU RAM and SSDs in conjunction with HBM decreased end-to-end latency and time to first token by 64% to 79%, while increasing throughput by 179-264% on 50k to 100k token prompts.  

Nvidia Working to Tackle the Context Bottleneck with its ICMS Platform  

With its new ICMS platform, Nvidia is working to mitigate context windows becoming a major bottleneck as agentic AI and physical AI scale over the coming years. Scaling of models to trillions of parameters and the shift to multi-step reasoning, multi-agent workflows or advanced multimodal applications will generate substantial volumes of context data and require significant KV cache reuse to maintain accuracy and context in prolonged interactions.  

As such, Nvidia believes that “AI factories need a complementary, purpose‑built context layer that treats KV cache as its own AI‑native data class rather than forcing it into either scarce HBM or general‑purpose enterprise storage.” For example, the current inference context hierarchy begins with HBM (G1), providing near-instant access to latency-critical context in active generation, down to SSDs (G3) in the third tier to handle ‘warm’ data, or data that is used regularly but less frequently and still requiring efficient, cost-effective storage. Enterprise or shared storage sits at the bottom of the hierarchy (G4), handling ‘cold’ data, or data stored for long-term retention but much less frequently accessed.  

Source: Nvidia 

Nvidia is essentially proposing an architectural redesign of this hierarchy, positioning the new ICMS platform between G3 and G4, or as it calls it, G3.5. ICMS is a new Ethernet-attached NVMe SSD storage tier, likely integrated into the fabric and optimized specifically for KV cache usage at the pod level. It is powered by Nvidia’s new BlueField 4 data processing unit (DPU) packing 512GB of on-board SSD capacity, a 4x increase from BlueField3’s 128GB, and is combined with Nvidia’s GPUDirect Storage, which bypasses the CPU and provides direct memory access from GPU to SSDs to reduce latency.  

ICMS will provide petabytes (millions of GB) of shared KV memory capacity per GPU pod, capable of storing context for many models or agents simultaneously, while being located close enough to GPUs to frequently share inference context with lower power consumption and better efficiency versus shared storage. Nvidia claims ICMS can enable up to 5x improvements in power efficiency and 5x increases in tokens per second versus shared storage. 

It is this new platform and Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang’s comments relating to the storage hierarchy redesign that have fueled optimism for SanDisk and SSDs, as Huang believes it is a completely new market, integrating SSDs to the fabric, that could ultimately become the largest storage market: 

“For storage, that is a completely unserved market today. The way that storage works is SQL. SQL is structured data. Structured database is lightweight. AI database KV caches insanely heavy weight. You're not going to hang that off of your north-south network. I mean that's just a horrible waste of network traffic. You want to put it right into the computing fabric, which is the reason why we introduced this new tier. 

This is a market that never existed. And this market will likely be the largest storage market in the world, basically holding the working memory of the world's AIs. And that storage is going to be gigantic, and it needs to be super high performance.” 

Because Nvidia is positioning NVMe SSDs to become the backbone for this new shared memory tier, there is the potential for SSD suppliers to see solid medium/long-term tailwinds from increased SSD capacity requirements in inference-optimized deployments over the next few years. For example, Bernstein estimates that Huang’s CES comments on SSDs and KV cache requirements suggest an additional 16TB per GPU, compared to 3-4TB per GPU today, or 4-5X growth. This will be more weighted towards year-end and into 2027 as ICMS rolls out with Rubin.  

SanDisk’s BiCS8 Tech, Kioxia JV and Data Center ‘Stargate’ SSD Line 

SanDisk is eyeing strong growth in the enterprise SSD market with its ‘Stargate’ NVMe SSD products, based on its BiCS8  architecture jointly-developed with Kioxia, offering industry-leading capacity, energy efficiency and performance.  

NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory Express) is a protocol designed specifically for NAND-flash based SSDs that optimizes performance by reducing latency and increasing data transfer speeds by utilizing the PCIe bus, enabling high throughput and fast data transfer speeds necessary for AI training and inference. 

SanDisk and Kioxia’s joint venture is one of the longest-standing JVs in the industry, signed in 2000 and lasting through 2034. It is primarily a shared manufacturing and capex strategy, with the two both splitting JV capex and wafer output and then selling NAND products independently. For example, the mega-fab in Yokkaichi, Japan produces nearly one-third of all global NAND bits (500K wafers per month), with the JV taking 80% capacity, split 50/50 between SanDisk and Kioxia, and Kioxia taking the remaining 20% (for an overall split of 60-40 for Kioxia and SanDisk).  

The two also recently started operations at their new second fab in Kitakami, Japan, which is geared towards BiCS8 3D NAND and future advanced 3D NAND production, with output expected to ramp meaningfully in the first half of 2026. This will help scale SanDisk’s enterprise SSD line, based on BiCS8, and potentially aid in future development of high-bandwidth flash. BiCS8 accounted for 15% of bits shipped in fiscal Q1 and is expected to reach majority of bit production exiting FY26, providing a clue into the ramp profile for the year. 

BiCS8 is the duo’s eighth-generation BiCS (bit cost scalable) 3D NAND architecture, which stacks NAND cells vertically, creating more layers and reducing costs per bit. BiCS8 scales to 218 layers from 162 layers in BiCS6, with SanDisk saying that BiCS8 increases memory density by more than 50%, program and read bandwidth by 35% and 26%, and data transfer speeds by more than 80% versus BiCS6. The two also have previewed the next generation of BiCS, scaling to 332 layers and further improving interface speeds by ~33%.  

Additionally, SanDisk believes that its BiCS8 QLC (quad-level cell) die underpinning its Stargate data center SSDs delivers substantial performance, latency and efficiency advantages over competitors: 11% to 67% faster input/output speeds in Gb/s, along with 27% to 34% lower latency. Management expects its BiCS8 QLC line to go from ~20% to 40% of its data center business by the end of FY26. 

Source: SanDisk 

SanDisk’s ‘Stargate’ line, built on BiCS8, debuted this year with 64TB and 128TB capacities now shipping. 256TB products are scheduled for launch in mid to late 2026 and 512TB targeted in 2027, with the combination of fast performance, low latency and high capacity making the SSDs suitable for managing massive AI datasets and workloads. SanDisk says Stargate “is growing in demand with 2 hyperscaler qualifications underway and a third hyperscaler along with a major storage OEM planned for calendar year '26,” with current qualification focused on 128TB. 

SanDisk also says that its SN861 NVMe SSDs were the first to be certified to support Nvidia’s GB200 NVL72, though this does not mean that its shipments will be correlated 1:1 with Nvidia’s racks. Management explained that the certification puts them on the approved vendor list, and “when the ODMs are picking their design, they pick vendors from the approved vendor list. So that's how we are getting into qualifications with the system partners that are building on top of Nvidia, not necessarily the Nvidia build.”

‘AI SSDs’ and a Path to ~33X Increase in Performance  

Nvidia’s ICMS also could create a new market for SLC-based ‘AI SSDs’ in the data center, which had predominantly focused on TLC and QLC-based SSDs. SLC, or single-level cell, stores one bit of data per cell, offering the fastest data retrieval and best performance, though it is typically the most expensive; TLC and QLC (triple-level and quad-level) store three and four bits per cell, increasing storage capacity significantly and reducing cost but with slower performance versus SLC. Overall, SanDisk’s role in these first performance-based ‘AI SSDs’ remains somewhat unclear, though the company is playing a much more integral role in high-bandwidth flash (HBF) development. 

The AI SSD push is currently being spearheaded by SK Hynix and Kioxia, and ultimately aims to boost SSD performance by up to 33X by 2027. SK Hynix is creating a three-product family, ‘AI-N’, with its AI-N P focusing on maximizing performance, AI-N B on maximizing bandwidth, and AI-N D on maximizing storage density. Reports suggest that Hynix’s first-gen AI-N P product will target approximately 25 million input/output operations per second (IOPS), or how many read/write operations a device can perform per second, with a higher number meaning faster performance. This is about an 8X leap from current SSDs at ~3 million IOPS today, while Hynix’s second-gen and Kioxia’s product in conjunction with Nvidia are said to be targeting 100 million IOPS by 2027, a 33X increase. 

High-Bandwidth Flash Could Boost GPU Memory by 21X 

HBF is being proposed as a future alternative/replacement for HBM memory on GPUs, stacking up to 16 3D NAND BiCS8 dies using through-silicon vias (TSV) to deliver up to a 21X capacity boost with similar bandwidth and cost as HBM.  

For example, SanDisk’s first-gen HBF could pack capacity of 512GB per stack with HBM-like bandwidth. At partial HBM replacement, such as in six out of the eight dies on the GPU package, HBF could boost total GPU memory to ~3,120 GB per GPU, a nearly 17X increase versus individual Blackwell GPUs featuring 186GB HBM per GPU. In full replacement of HBM, HBF could provide 4,096 GB of total memory per GPU.  

The significance of this is that it could allow frontier models to be stored entirely within a single GPU, rather than needed to be partitioned across a rack. SanDisk explains, “Think about a frontier large language model, let's say, something like GPT-4. GPT-4 has 1.8 trillion parameters with 16-bit rates. And that model alone would take 3.6 terabytes or 3,600 gigabytes of memory space. I can put that entire model on a single GPU now. I don't need to shuffle around data any longer.”  

In terms of potential commercialization of HBF, Hynix’s aforementioned AI-N B line is built on HBF and expected to be developed in collaboration with SanDisk. The first ‘alpha’ version sample could be released as early as January with the first proof-of-concept samples in 2027, followed by full-scale evaluation afterwards.  

SanDisk stated that the “gating item indeed is going to be enabling the ecosystem, aligning with the customers at their system level, integrate it and then bring it to the market,” but the product is highly executable as it is based on its existing NAND architecture. CEO David Goeckeler clarified in Q3 that the company “announced a time line last quarter of having the memory later in '26 and then having the controller for that in '27 we're still working towards that time line.” 

However, timelines for HBF are still unclear given the newness of the technology, with some estimates suggesting 2027 to 2028 as a possibility. It is far too early to tell whether HBF will be commercially viable or successful.  

Training and Inference are Long-Term SSD Demand Drivers 

This section includes a brief excerpt from our 6,000+ word thematic deep dive into the current AI memory boom recently published for our Pro subscribers: 

AI training and inference are two main long-term drivers for SSD demand, which is projected to rise ~6X from 2024 to 2030, from 181 exabytes (EB, or equal to 181,000,000 TB) to 1,078 EB, under McKinsey’s base case scenario. Training demand projected to rise at a 62% CAGR to from 7 EB in 2024 to 127 EB by 2030. On the flipside, demand from AI inference is expected to grow at a 105% CAGR from 6 EB to 447 EB by 2030, giving inference a 41% share of demand versus less than 12% for training. base case scenario. Training demand projected to rise at a 62% CAGR to from 7 EB in 2024 to 127 EB by 2030. On the flipside, demand from AI inference is expected to grow at a 105% CAGR from 6 EB to 447 EB by 2030, giving inference a 41% share of demand versus less than 12% for training.  

This is not only driven by development of more LLMs, but also the increasing size and complexity of frontier models, where training data sets and context windows for inference are getting increasingly large.   

For example, EpochAI estimates that training data set sizes are rising 3.7X per year on average, or nearly doubling every six months, though there are some models that are scaling much quicker. For example, Meta’s Llama2-70B from 2023 was trained on 2 trillion tokens, while Llama3-70B, from 2024, was trained on 15 trillion tokens, a 7.5X increase. Multi-modal models, those integrating audio, video, image or more, are also likely to require significantly more SSD storage, with McKinsey estimating in the hundreds of TBs depending on the mix of data needing to be stored.  estimates that training data set sizes are rising 3.7X per year on average, or nearly doubling every six months, though there are some models that are scaling much quicker. For example, Meta’s Llama2-70B from 2023 was trained on 2 trillion tokens, while Llama3-70B, from 2024, was trained on 15 trillion tokens, a 7.5X increase. Multi-modal models, those integrating audio, video, image or more, are also likely to require significantly more SSD storage, with McKinsey estimating in the hundreds of TBs depending on the mix of data needing to be stored.   

Source: EpochAI  

The increasing size and complexity of models also ties directly to a major pain point when it comes to inference: “As models grow in complexity and require longer contexts, their memory footprint expands beyond what a single GPU can handle. This results in inefficiencies where GPUs are memory-starved, causing significant bottlenecks in AI token generation.” inference: “As models grow in complexity and require longer contexts, their memory footprint expands beyond what a single GPU can handle. This results in inefficiencies where GPUs are memory-starved, causing significant bottlenecks in AI token generation.”  

This is exactly what Nvidia is addressing with Rubin and ICMSP, creating a new storage tier within the cluster fabric that is designed to extend GPU memory and facilitate high-speed KV cache distribution among racks.  

There are also tailwinds to SSD growth from increasing cluster sizes, with compute-focused eSSDs seeing a 1:1 attach rate per GPU. For example, SanDisk says that a real-world 32,256 GPU cluster (or eight pods of 252 16-GPU racks) would require 4,032 compute eSSDs such as its SN861 product. This could create a strong tailwind for SSD growth as clusters scale to 100K+ GPUs towards 1 million, assuming the correlation for compute eSSDs to GPU remains 1:1. 

Financials 

Revenue 

SanDisk reported a strong sequential revenue acceleration in its fiscal Q1, driven by NAND demand outpacing supply and increasing demand in its data center, edge and consumer end markets. Q1 revenue increased 22.6% YoY and 21.4% QoQ to $2.31 billion, accelerating from 8% YoY and 12.2% QoQ growth in fiscal Q4. Higher-than-expected bit growth drove the outperformance in the quarter relative to guidance of $2.1-2.2 billion, per management.    

SanDisk’s Edge segment was the primary growth driver in Q1 with revenue up 30% YoY and 26% QoQ to $1.39 billion, driven by increasing NAND content in PCs and smartphones and a positive PC refresh cycle. Consumer revenue rose 27% YoY and 11% QoQ to $652 million, while data center revenue was down (10%) YoY but up 26% QoQ to $269 million.  

Q2 revenue was guided to be $2.55 to $2.65 billion, up 38.6% YoY and 12.6% QoQ at midpoint. CFO Luis Visoso clarified that “the key message is most of the growth in revenue will be pricing driven in the quarter.”  

Revenue growth is then expected to accelerate further to 55% YoY in fiscal Q3 (even with a seasonal slowdown in consumer products following the holidays) and then decelerate slightly to 51% in Q4. Pricing tailwinds could strengthen significantly in FQ3 on reports that NAND prices for enterprise SSDs could rise ~100% QoQ in the March quarter, according to supply chain checks by Nomura. Citi estimates SSD prices will rise ~32% QoQ in the March quarter following a 21% QoQ increase in the December quarter.  

For fiscal 2026, SanDisk is currently expected to generate revenue of $10.6 billion, up 44.1% YoY. SanDisk sees demand outpacing supply through the entire year, currently estimating supply to support mid-teens demand growth, and potentially lead to strong pricing tailwinds from this tight/tightening environment:  

“We saw supply growth in calendar year '25 of about 8%. We see it at about 17% in '26. We see demand — constrained demand around 14% [mid-teens] because that's all that's out there from a supply point of view. But unconstrained demand is in the — literally, a couple of weeks ago, we thought it was 20%, it's probably mid-20s by now. So we see the supply pretty much being able to service that kind of mid-teens level demand for '26.” 

This tightening environment comes despite fabs running at 100% utilization, with management adding that they do not plan on adding capacity to any end market, but rather remain prepared with the optionality to shift capacity as visibility into product mix strengthens.  

AI Segment Growth 

SanDisk’s data center revenue, as mentioned above, declined (10%) YoY but rose 26% QoQ to $269 million, driven by increasing demand for its ‘Stargate’ enterprise SSD product line. However, revenue contribution remains small, at less than 12% of revenue.  

SanDisk did not provide a numerical guide for Q2 for data center, but management noted that they are expecting sequential growth throughout fiscal 2026 with faster growth in the back half, driven by the current hyperscaler qualifications planned and underway. SanDisk did clarify that they are “working with 5 major hyperscale customers through active sales and strategic engagements” across its data center portfolio.  

Data center growth is supported by solid visibility, with management explaining that they are either “striking deals that are multi-quarters, let's say, through the first half of next calendar year” from customers looking to lock in supply, or working with customers with demand visibility through 2027 to align supply with those demand forecasts. Management also sees undersupply conditions extending potentially into 2027 now, supporting strong pricing in deal negotiations.  

Management also increased their forecast for data center exabyte growth, explaining that last quarter, exabyte growth expectations were in the mid-20% range, but now are in the mid-40% range. As a result, data center is expected to be the largest market in NAND on an exabyte basis in 2026, surpassing mobile.  

Earnings 

SanDisk stands out for its strong expected earnings growth through fiscal 2026 and fiscal 2027, with adjusted EPS expected to reach more than $21 by then, or >7X higher than the $2.99 it earned in fiscal 2025.  

Q1 GAAP EPS was $0.75, a strong improvement from a ($0.16) loss in Q4, though this was down (49%) YoY from $1.46 in the year ago quarter as margins remained lower YoY. Adjusted EPS was $1.22, up 321% QoQ but down (33%) YoY.  

For Q2, SanDisk guided for adjusted EPS of $3.00 to $3.40, up more than 162% QoQ. Adjusted EPS is expected to further increase to $3.78 in fiscal Q3 and $4.82 in fiscal Q4.   

For fiscal 2026, SanDisk is expected to generate $13.29 in adjusted EPS, up 344.6% YoY, while GAAP EPS is projected to be $11.53, up from ($11.32) in FY25 due to the spin off. Fiscal 2027 is expected to see earnings power surpass $21, with GAAP EPS estimated to be up 86% to $21.47 and adjusted EPS up nearly 62% to $21.50. 

Margins  

Margins are lower YoY compared to pre-spinoff margins, but Q1 saw strong sequential margin expansion that is expected to accelerate in Q2.   

  • Q1 GAAP gross margin was 29.8%, down 8.8 points YoY but up 3.6 points QoQ. Adjusted gross margin was 29.9%, down 9 points YoY but up 3.5 points QoQ.  
  • GAAP operating margin was 8.3%, down 8.3 points YoY but up 5.6 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 10.6%, down 8.2 points YoY but up 5.3 points QoQ.  
  • GAAP net margin was 4.9%, down 6.3 points YoY but up 2.7 points QoQ, and adjusted net margin was 7.8%.  

For Q2, SanDisk guided adjusted gross margin to be 41-43%, or up just over 12 points QoQ at midpoint on higher pricing and cost reduction tailwinds, while adjusted operating margin is implied to be 24.2% at the midpoint of opex guidance, or up 13.6 points QoQ. Fab startup costs are expected to transition from headwinds to tailwinds during the quarter, potentially aiding more margin expansion into fiscal Q3 and Q4. 

Cash 

SanDisk noted that in Q1 it reached a net cash position, six months ahead of schedule, though debt is still almost equivalent to its cash on hand. Cash flows were quite strong, and adjusted FCF margin showed strong expansion.  

  • Operating cash flow was $488 million in Q1 for a 21.1% margin, up from a (7%) margin in the year ago quarter and a 4.9% margin in Q4.  
  • Adjusted free cash flow was $438 million in Q1 for a 19% margin, up from a (10.5%) margin in the year ago quarter and 2.6% in Q4.  
  • SanDisk’s total gross capex to support the JV was $387 million in Q1, though its cash capex spend was only $40 million (1.7% of revenue) as the remainder was funded through external sources such as subsidies or tool depreciation recorded in COGS. 

Cash and equivalents totaled $1.44 billion while debt totaled $1.35 billion.  

Valuation 

SanDisk’s valuation is somewhat hard to pin down given the company’s limited history on the public markets after its February spinoff, and its rapid 362% ascent since the end of August.  

SanDisk trades at 5.3x forward PS, surpassing its prior peak at 4x in November and a substantial re-rating higher from 0.6x in the summer. For comparison, this is now on par with former parent Western Digital at 5.1x forward PS, though the two are focused on different memory market segments with WDC primarily in hard disk drives.   

For forward PE, SanDisk currently trades at an 28.7x multiple, nearly double its 15.8x average from the second half of fiscal 2025 prior to its fiscal year readjustment in June. Shares traded as low as 3x in July and August due to the sharp earnings increase expected in fiscal 2026.  

Notable Risks 

The NAND flash market has historically been quite volatile, and is shifting from significant oversupply in 2023 to expectations for substantial supply shortages through 2026 and potentially into 2027. However, if NAND capacity begins to come online quickly through next year, or if demand for PCs and smartphones falters due to rising memory prices, the NAND cycle could reverse and lead to pricing pressures cutting into revenue growth and margins.  

Competition is also quite stiff in enterprise SSDs, and SanDisk is a small player with <4% market share, versus Samsung at >35%, SK Hynix/Solidigm at nearly 27%, and Micron and Kioxia in the 14% range. Jefferies analysts also warned that there is “no idea” what market share China’s YMTC could take as it ramps up output. 

There’s also the risk of having a limited viewpoint on where normalized earnings could land if/when the cycle peaks and reverses, as SanDisk is currently benefiting from strong pricing and a tightening supply-demand environment. Combined with the sharp 1,000%+ rally since its summer lows and peak valuation multiples, there could be a higher degree of risk if the supply-demand imbalance and pricing revert sooner than expected.  

Conclusion 

SanDisk has a multi-faceted growth opportunity ahead over the next few quarters, with supply-demand imbalances widening with strong enterprise SSD demand, a potential doubling of prices in the March quarter supporting more upside for revenue, and multiple hyperscaler qualifications on deck. 

Nvidia’s CES keynote discussion around the context window becoming the next bottleneck could have positive implications for the SSD market from Nvidia’s ICMS platform utilizing NVMe SSDs to significantly boost KV cache memory and increase throughput for inference applications. HBF is also a potential long-term opportunity later in the decade as it could dramatically boost total GPU memory to allow frontier models to run on a single GPU, though it is too early to tell if it will be viable.

Damien Robbins, Equity Analyst at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the company’s portfolio. We then share that information with our readers and offer real-time trade notifications. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance and it is not financial advice. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis. Beth Kindig and the I/O Fund do not own shares in SNDK at the time of writing and may own stocks pictured in the charts.

Recommended Reading:

  • The I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas List for Q1 2026
  • Celestica Eyes FY26 Acceleration on Strong Networking Switch Demand
  • Nebius: Financing its Data Center Ambitions Will be Challenging
  • Lumentum: EMLs Driving Results, CW Lasers Ramping with Q2 Guided for 22% QoQ Growth
Posted in AI Stocks, Data CenterLeave a Comment on SanDisk: Shares Up 559% In 2025 On NAND Flash, Enterprise SSD Tailwinds 

Palantir Stock 2026 Forecast: Is Its High Valuation Sustainable?

Posted on January 15, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund
Palantir Stock 2026 Forecast: Is Its High Valuation Sustainable?

Palantir’s stock has defied gravity, delivering steady performance that no other AI software stock has come close to matching (yet). For investors, the Palantir thesis is two-fold: the company must continue to scale its Commercial segment after posting multiple quarters of over 50% growth, while also sustaining a high valuation. Both matters and the bar is undeniably high. 

What separates Palantir, however, is not simply growth, but capability. The differences matter as unlike traditional AI-enabled database or business intelligence competitors, Palantir can operate effectively even when data sets are incomplete or fragmented—situations where most models struggle. In that regard, traditional business intelligence companies require a complete data set, whereas Palantir can handle situations where one isn't available. You can think of the competitive advantage as actionable depth, as Palantir has described it: “the reasoning that goes into decision-making, not just data.”    

Palantir’s Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP) integrates generative AI with operational data and workflows, and, when combined with Palantir’s other platforms, Foundry and Apollo, it provides an AI service mesh that can run hundreds of microservices, scale compute via its Rubix engine, and orchestrate updates through Apollo.   

Additionally, Palantir’s knowledge graph, referred to as Ontology, is a distinct advantage. The graph offers better context than a large language model would on its own – or as Palantir states, it’s “the reasoning that goes into decision-making.” Palantir made key upgrades to AIP with the introduction of AI-forward-deployed engineers (FDEs) and the AI Hivemind, and brought Ontology to the edge, enabling deployment on mobile devices. 

Palantir Stock leads the AI software pack, delivering one of the best reports across tech in Q3. Revenue accelerated nearly 15 points sequentially to almost 63%, with strong growth in key metrics and a 28-point acceleration in US Commercial revenue to 121% YoY. The Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP) is driving most of the Commercial growth, as there was a clear revenue inflection when AIP launched in mid-2023. 

The company reported strong key metrics, with net retention rate (NRR) expanding six points sequentially to 134%. Over the past two years, NRR has risen an impressive 27 points, and Palantir noted that AIP is continuing to drive existing expansions and new customer conversions. On the other hand, Palantir’s forward P/S ratio trades at an outstanding 67.5.   

Below, I discuss what you need to know about Palantir, and the hotly debated stock. 

New Product Upgrades – AIP FDEs, Hivemind and Edge Ontology 

Palantir made a handful of upgrades to its AIP and Ontology in Q3, unveiling AIP forward-deployed engineers (FDEs) in beta, AI Hivemind, and Edge Ontology, all aimed at accelerating AI deployment with its customers.  

AI FDEs builds upon Palantir’s take on software engineers, the forward deployed engineer, which sit at the intersection of software, sales, and platform engineers, embedding within customer teams to closely develop and tailor AI software and solutions directly to their needs. Palantir now brings this to AIP, with the AI FDEs being its AIP-native deployment AI agent that “understands how to connect to data sources, how to integrate and transform data, how to create ontologies and functions and build applications.” AI FDEs function in conversational commands, allowing customers to easily turn requests into autonomously executed Foundry operations. 

Palantir says the AI FDEs are increasing productivity for customers, noting that at one customer, two of its human FDEs utilized AI FDEs to migrate to a legacy data warehouse in five days, a task which Palantir says would normally have taken up to two years.

mid

AI Hivemind is a new tool within AIP that Palantir says will orchestrate a “swarm of dynamically generated agents to tackle hard problem solving, idea generation refinement and executable proposal generation that is integrated with Ontology and therefore aware of the context of your enterprise.” Palantir says the tool was developed to help government clients solve extremely complex problems with classified data (such as generating intricate mission plans), but it has already been tested by commercial clients to help “identify bottlenecks to their supply chain, proactively developing possible solutions and then leveraging AI FDE to code that up into an actual solution.” 

Edge Ontology is Palantir’s new, lightweight Ontology that allows it to run on mobile devices, letting customers build mobile apps or embedded software for hardware such as robots or drones. Edge Ontology is also fully integrated with AIP. While Palantir was very thin on details, it’s likely tied to its existing partnership with Qualcomm, where the two brought Ontology to edge devices powered by Qualcomm’s Dragonwing processors. This partnership focused on the industrial, auto and manufacturing sectors, and remote and offline environments. 

Together, the new product upgrades reflect Palantir’s dedication to continuously improve its platform and help customers consistently solve problems daily. Financially, the three new upgrades can help accelerate deployments and adoption of AIP, help secure more (and potentially larger) contracts, and tap into new markets such as IoT at the edge. 

Financials 

Revenue Accelerates Nearly 15 Points to 63% YoY 

Palantir reported $1.18 billion in revenue in Q3, up by an impressive 18% QoQ and beating estimates by 8.4%, driven by unwavering momentum in US Commercial. On a YoY basis, revenue growth accelerated 14.8 points to 62.8% YoY, the largest sequential acceleration to date and marking Palantir’s highest growth rate since going public. Over the last nine quarters, topline growth has accelerated ~50 points, from just 12.7% in Q2 2023, a rare feat to accomplish. 

For Q4, Palantir guided revenue up 60.6% YoY to $1.327 to $1.331 billion, well ahead of estimates for 44.2% growth to $1.19 billion. While this does represent a marginal deceleration at face value, this sequential deceleration is in line with trends from previous quarters.  

Chart showing Palantir (PLTR) year-over-year revenue growth over nine quarters, reaching a record 62.8% in Q3 2025, the highest since IPO, highlighting acceleration driven by Palantir’s Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP).

Palantir (PLTR) Revenue YoY Growth: 9-Quarter Acceleration Hits Record 62.8% in Q3 2025, marking the highest growth rate since its IPO. This chart highlights the unprecedented revenue acceleration driven by Palantir’s Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP).   

Source: Company IR 

For the full year, Palantir raised its revenue outlook to $4.396 to $4.40 billion, pointing to YoY growth of 53.5% at midpoint, a sharp acceleration from 29% growth in 2024. To put in perspective the strength of this acceleration, Palantir had initially guided for just 30.9% growth to $3.76 billion in revenue back in Q4 2024; growth is now more than 22 points faster.  

Impressive 28 Point Acceleration in US Commercial Revenue to 121% YoY 

Palantir’s US Commercial segment is generally seen as the primary vector for its AIP-driven growth, with robust momentum only accelerating further in Q3.   

US Commercial revenue grew 29% QoQ and 121% YoY to $397 million in Q3, accelerating from 93% YoY growth in Q2. Since the start of the year, US Commercial growth has accelerated 50 points, and since the start of 2024, growth has accelerated 81 points.  

Chart illustrating US commercial revenue acceleration by 28 percentage points, reaching 121% year-over-year growth and totaling $397 million in Q3 2025, highlighting strong performance and market expansion.

US Commercial Revenue accelerated by 28 percentage points to 121% YoY growth to $397 million.  

Source: Company IR 

For the full year, Palantir significantly boosted its US Commercial growth outlook to >104% YoY, up from 85% previously. This corresponds to revenue of $1.433 billion, up from $1.302 billion previously.  

Key metrics for the segment were very strong: TCV closed (total contract value) surged 342% YoY to a record $1.31 billion, and TTM TCV was $3.8 billion, up 217% YoY. Remaining deal value (RDV) rose 199% YoY and 30% QoQ to $3.63 billion. US Commercial deals closed of >$1 million were up 2X YoY and deals closed of >$5 million were up 5X YoY. 

Palantir Key Segments – Government and Commercial Revenue 

Q3 also marked the first time Commercial growth outpaced Government segment growth since Q2 2024, fueled by the robust momentum and sharp acceleration in US Commercial as discussed above.   

Commercial revenue rose 21.5% QoQ and 73% YoY to $548 million, a 26-point acceleration from 47% YoY growth last quarter. International Commercial revenue was ~$151.7 million in Q3, up ~10% YoY and 5% QoQ. 

Government revenue rose 14.5% QoQ and 55% YoY to $633 million, a six-point acceleration from 49% YoY in Q2. Government remained Palantir’s largest segment at ~53.6% of revenue. US government revenue was up 52% YoY and 14% QoQ to $485.9 million, while International Government revenue was ~$146.8 million, up nearly 66% YoY and 16% QoQ. 

Other Key Metrics – NRR Expands, Strong Customer Growth 

Palantir had a handful of other strong key metrics that support strong revenue growth continuing despite the sharp acceleration the company delivered in Q3.   

Palantir’s net retention rate (NRR) expanded six points sequentially to 134%, and over the past two years, NRR has risen an impressive 27 points, with Palantir noting that AIP is continuing to drive existing expansions and new customer conversions. Palantir also continued to emphasize that NRR does not include revenue from new customers acquired over the last twelve months, and accelerating momentum in quarterly deals closed supports more upside to NRR in 2026. 

Chart showing Palantir stock’s Q3 net retention rate accelerating by 600 basis points sequentially to 134%, highlighting strong customer growth and engagement trends.

Palantir stock’s Q3 Net Retention Rate accelerated by 600 basis points sequentially to 134% in Q3. 

Source: Company IR

For Palantir’s AIP, which connects frontier models directly to enterprise data streams, this creates a surge in data that Palantir can then contextualize and provide value for decision making for its customers. There is already more evidence below the headline figures that Palantir is benefiting from increasing enterprise AI adoption, such as Palantir’s quarterly deals closed. Palantir closed 201 deals of >$1 million in Q3, up 30% QoQ; this was a sharp acceleration from 13% QoQ growth in Q2. Palantir also signed more deals in all its cohorts (>$1M, >$5M and >$10M) in Q3 than it had in Q2.  

To put deal growth in the context of NRR, Palantir has signed 629 >$1M deals over the last twelve months, up more than 61% from 390 in the same period last year – with none of these new deals appearing yet in NRR. 

Chart showing Palantir’s quarterly deals closed accelerating sharply to 30% sequential growth in Q3, up from 13% in Q2, highlighting strong momentum in deal activity.

Palantir’s quarterly deals closed accelerated sharply to 30% sequential growth in Q3, up from 13% in Q2. 

Source: Company IR 

However, there were a few blemishes within key metrics – billings growth decelerated from 53.5% YoY in Q2 to 48.8% YoY in Q3 to $1.23 billion, with QoQ growth also decelerating from 21.8% QoQ to 11.2% QoQ. RPO growth decelerated from 77% YoY and 27% QoQ in Q2 to 66% YoY and 8% QoQ in Q3 at $2.60 billion. 

Margins – Q3’s Rule of 40 of 114%, from 94% in Q2 

Margins strengthened considerably in the quarter, with adjusted operating margin surpassing 50% with more expansion guided for Q4. Palantir’s Rule of 40 score (revenue growth + adj operating margin) expanded to a wild 114%, up from 94% last quarter and 68% last Q3.  

Chart showing Palantir’s Rule of 40 score accelerating to 114% in Q3, up from 94% in the previous quarter and 68% in Q3 2024, highlighting strong profitability and growth performance.

Palantir’s Rule of 40 score accelerated to 114%, from 94% last quarter and 68% in Q3 2024.   

Source: Company IR 

Gross margin was 82% in Q3, up one point QoQ and two points YoY, while adjusted gross margin was 84%, up two points YoY and QoQ. 

GAAP operating margin was 33%, an impressive 6 point QoQ and 17-point YoY expansion. Adjusted operating margin was 51%, breaking past 50% for the first time and up 5 points QoQ and 13 points YoY. For Q4, Palantir guided for adjusted operating margin to be 52%, showcasing its ability to drive strong margin expansion alongside swift revenue acceleration. Full year adjusted operating margin guidance was raised from 46% to 49%.  

GAAP net margin was 40%, up 7 points QoQ and 20 points YoY. Adjusted net margin was 45%, up 5 points QoQ and 12 points YoY. Palantir is one of the few, if not only, tech companies to have 40% GAAP net margins with revenue growth accelerating above 60%. 

Adjusted EPS grew by 110% 

Palantir reported $0.18 in GAAP EPS in the quarter, up 200% YoY, while adjusted EPS was $0.21, beating estimates by 25.5% and rising 110% YoY. Palantir’s adjusted EPS is expected to grow 64.1% YoY to $0.23 in Q4 and 59.4% YoY to $0.21 in Q1 2026. 

For FY25, Palantir is expected to earn $0.72 in adjusted EPS, up 76.7% YoY and then 39.5% YoY to $1.01 in FY26. 

Strong Balance Sheet 

Palantir stock has strong cash flows, though cash flow margins dipped on a YoY and QoQ basis. Q3 operating cash flows grew by 20.9% YoY to $507.7 million for a 43% margin, down from a 54% margin in Q2 and 58% in the year ago quarter.  

Adjusted free cash flow grew by 24.3% YoY to $539.9 million for a 46% margin, down from 57% in Q2 and 60% in the year ago quarter. Palantir raised its adjusted free cash flow guidance for the year to $1.9 to $2.1 billion, or a 45.5% margin, up from a 42.8% margin previously. 

Cash and marketable securities totaled $6.4 billion and debt remained zero. 

Valuation 

To many investors on social media, Palantir’s valuation remains a hot topic, with it blowing past norms and reaching the upper echelons of the stratosphere for what is considered ‘typical’ for SaaS stocks. Put it this way — how often do you see a software company re-accelerate revenue from 13% growth a couple of years to 60% in nine quarters organically and sustainably, while increasing both profitability and cash flows.  

Palantir is now trading at a forward P/S ratio of 67.5, making other best-of-breed cloud stocks like CrowdStrike and Cloudflare cheap at 24.7 and 23.4, respectively. On the bottom-line, it is trading at a forward P/E of 176.5, slightly below Snowflake’s forward P/E ratio of 180.4 and higher than Cloudflare’s and CrowdStrike’s forward P/E ratio of 155.3 and 126.6, respectively.  

Source: YChartsYCharts 

Given Palantir is trading at a forward P/S ratio of 67.5, there are certainly easier stocks to own in 2026. Within AI, specific niches are booming such as AI networking, AI energy and AI memory plays that are trading far lower than Palantir. 

Recently, Palantir was upgraded by Citi as it believes that the commercial and government super cycle is coming this year. Analyst Tyler Radke said, “We are upgrading PLTR to Buy/High-Risk from Neutral and raising estimates and our target price to $235.” He further added, “Shares have minted spectacular returns over the last few years as a vicious growth acceleration and equally impressive margin expansion has 'broken' traditional rule-of-40 and valuation frameworks. Despite our 2025/26 revenue numbers up 10%+ since mid-year, the stock is ~flat. Our upgrade is premised on the view that 2026 is poised to be another year of significant positive estimate revisions, with recent CIO + industry conversations suggesting AI budget and use cases are accelerating in the enterprise. We also see significant tailwinds in the Government, driven by accelerating defense budgets and modernization urgency.” 

Conclusion 

Palantir delivered one of the strongest earnings reports across the tech sector in Q3, with revenue growth of nearly 63% and a strong 28-point acceleration in its AI-driven US Commercial segment. Since the start of 2025, revenue growth has accelerated more than 23 points, with US Commercial revenue accelerating 50 points. Trends in other key metrics such as NRR and quarterly deals closed remain robust, although billings and RPO growth decelerated in the quarter. However, what Palantir has to contend with is an extended valuation, in uncharted territory even by its own measures, and where the market will ultimately price its shares. 

Our Premium members received a 15,000 word report outlining the Top 15 AI Stocks for Q4 of 2025 with many stocks seeing higher returns in Q4 than Palantir. Our Premium members will be receiving the Top 15 AI Stocks for Q1 2026 in January plus technical setups for potential entries. Sign up now to find out which AI stocks rank higher than Palantir. Join now.Top 15 AI Stocks for Q4 of 2025 with many stocks seeing higher returns in Q4 than Palantir. Our Premium members will be receiving the Top 15 AI Stocks for Q1 2026 in January plus technical setups for potential entries. Sign up now to find out which AI stocks rank higher than Palantir. Join now.

Royston Roche and Damien Robbins, Equity Analysts at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the company’s portfolio. We then share that information with our readers and offer real-time trade notifications. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance and it is not financial advice. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis. I/O Fund may own stocks pictured in the charts.

Recommended Reading:

  • Top 10 Tech Stocks of 2025: How the AI Trade Defied the Skeptics
  • Broadcom Stock: The Silent Winner in the AI Monetization Supercycle
  • The AI Revenue Leader Nobody Is Talking About—Second Only to Nvidia Stock
  • AI Stocks & Nvidia: I/O Fund’s 2025 Tech Media Highlights
Posted in AI StocksLeave a Comment on Palantir Stock 2026 Forecast: Is Its High Valuation Sustainable?

I/O Fund Portfolio & Must-Read Theses

Posted on January 8, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund

Below are our current positions and corresponding theses. In most cases, we have written about the stock many times. What is listed below are the most pertinent analysis for becoming acquainted with the stocks we currently hold. If you want to read more, please use our search bar and search by stock name to pull up more archived articles.

This list will be updated and refreshed when positions are added or removed. Please check back often for updates!

Audited Returns

  • 2025 Full Year Audited Returns
  • 2024 Full Year Audited Returns 
  • 2023 Full Year Audited Returns
  • 2022 Full Year Audited Returns
  • 2021 Full Year Audited Returns
  • 1-Year and YTD Audited Returns for 2021
  • 2020 Audited Returns, LTBH Update and Site Update
  • The Harsh Truth: Retail Investors Take the Brunt of Market Losses 
  • The Importance of Verified Returns and Risk Management for Retail Investors

Quarterly Webinars and Analysis

  • The I/O Fund’s Top 15 Stocks for Q2 2026
  • The I/O Fund’s Top 15 Stocks for Q1 2026
  • The I/O Fund’s Top 15 AI Stocks for Q4 2025
  • The I/O Fund’s Top 15 Stocks for Q3 2025
  • Q2 2025 Quarterly Kickoff Webinar
  • Q1 2025 Webinar with Beth Kindig
  • Q4 2024 Earnings Kickoff Webinar Replay
  • Q3 2024 Earnings Kickoff Webinar Replay
  • Q2 2024 Earnings Kickoff Webinar Replay
  • Q1 Earnings Kickoff Webinar
  • 2023 Year in Review: I/O Fund Webinar
  • Q4 Earnings Kickoff Webinar Replay

Nvidia

  • Nvidia Q4: Stellar Report; Stock Remains Range Bound
  • Nvidia Fiscal Q1: Perfect Quarter, Imperfect Catalysts

Astera Labs

  • Astera Labs: Important QoQ Acceleration, Product Road Map is Loaded
  • Astera Labs Q3 Earnings: Blowout Report Meets UALink Uncertainty

Alphabet 

  • Alphabet Q4: Cloud Sees 14 Point Acceleration to 48% Growth, FY26 Capex to Nearly Double
  • Google’s Q1: TPUs Go Merchant and Cloud Accelerates to 63%
  • Alphabet Q4: Cloud Sees 14 Point Acceleration to 48% Growth, FY26 Capex to Nearly Double

Applied Optoelectronics

  • Applied Optoelectronics Q1: Management Guides to 141% YoY Growth; Execution Comes Next

Arm

  • Arm FQ4: AGI CPU Demand Hits $2B, Revenue Outlook Stays at $1B

AMD

  • AMD Q1: Doubled CPU TAM, Helios Incoming for Q4

Bloom Energy

  • Bloom Q4: $20B Backlog, Guides for 58% Revenue Growth
  • Bloom Energy Q1: Beat/Raise and Customer List is Growing
  • Bloom Energy Q3: Doubling Capacity in FY2026 for “4X 2025 Revenue”

Broadcom

  • Broadcom Fiscal Q1: $100 Billion+ in AI Chip Revenue in 2027
  • Broadcom Offers Strong AI Growth at Scale; Yet Enters Circular Investing

Coherent

  • Coherent FQ3: InP Capacity Doubling to Drive CY26 Inflection
  • Coherent: Indium Phosphide Capacity to Double, Data Center to Reaccelerate to 10% QoQ
  • Coherent Fiscal Q2: Strong Visibility for Back-Half of 2026 and Beyond

GE Vernova

  • GE Vernova Q1 Earnings: Backlog and Pricing Point Higher
  • GE Vernova Q4 Results: AI Demand Fuels Record Backlog and Strong Visibility
  • GE Vernova: All Roads Point to the Nat Gas Behemoth

Lumentum

  • Lumentum FQ3: Firing on All Cylinders Despite Stiff Supply Constraints Across EMLs, Pump Lasers
  • Lumentum: EMLs Driving Results, CW Lasers Ramping with Q2 Guided for 22% QoQ Growth

Micron

  • Micron Fiscal Q2: Record-Breaking Fundamentals
  • Micron Stock Up 120% YTD: What the HBM Memory Leader Plans for 2026

Palantir

  • Palantir Q1: Strong Headline Numbers; TCV to be Watched
  • Palantir Q4: Highest Growth As Public Company; US Commercial To Accelerate

SanDisk

  • SanDisk Fiscal Q3: Data Center Inflects 233% QoQ while New Business Models (NBMs) Weigh on the Stock
  • SanDisk Q2: Blowout On All Metrics

Last updated on 06/18/2026Last updated on 06/18/2026

Posted in Pin Content, Semiconductor StocksLeave a Comment on I/O Fund Portfolio & Must-Read Theses

Top 10 Tech Stocks of 2025: How the AI Trade Defied the Skeptics

Posted on January 8, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund
Top 10 Tech Stocks of 2025: How the AI Trade Defied the Skeptics

The stock market in 2025 was a high-stakes tug-of-war between geopolitical tensions and the AI trade. Headlines were dominated by the DeepSeek fears, trade wars, tariffs, and persistent whispers of the AI bubble. However, the AI trade proved to be more than just hype; it became a cornerstone of the market. Defying the skeptics, the market wrapped up another year of growth with the Nasdaq-100 index finishing up 20.2%, the S&P 500 rising 16.4%, and the Dow Jones Industrial Average gaining 13% in 2025. 

We think it’s important to pause and draw parallels among the stocks that performed well in 2025 to form an opinion on what might perform well in 2026, as many of the year’s top performers shared similar fundamental improvements or had similar thematic tailwinds, such as AI. 

Below, we review the top 10 tech stocks of 2025, selected based on their price action, fundamentals, and presence within leading tech themes. Choosing a top 10 means many great stocks were left off this list, yet this sample helps form conclusions about how 2025 shaped up versus past years, centered on leading, core thematic opportunities. 

Read about our Top 5 Stocks from 2024 here, 2023 here and from 2022 here – many of which went on to lead the following years.here, 2023 here and from 2022 here – many of which went on to lead the following years. 

SanDisk (SNDK): The S&P 500’s Top Performer of 2025  

SanDisk has claimed the crown as the S&P 500’s top performer, delivering a stunning 559.4% return that outpaced the broader market by a wide margin. The storage pioneer, which launched the first solid state drive (SSD) in 1991, is now capitalizing on the exponential demand for AI flash storage products. Western Digital bought SanDisk in 2016 and spun it off in February 2025. The rally this year was fueled by a "perfect storm" of strong fundamentals and technical catalysts: a massive spike in demand for AI flash storage and the stock’s inclusion in the S&P 500 index in November. The latter triggered a wave of mandatory buying from index-tracking funds, catapulting the stock to the top of the leaderboard. 

SanDisk’s revenue growth has accelerated over the last three quarters, primarily driven by the strong demand for flash storage in AI data centers. AI workloads require massive volumes of high-performance, reliable storage, directly boosting demand for the company’s NAND flash products. In addition, the company is benefiting from a tightening memory market and has recently raised the NAND flash prices by a significant 50% for November.

mid

The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 22.6% YoY and 21.4% QoQ to $2.31 billion. The revenue growth accelerated by 14.6 percentage points from 8% growth reported in Q2. SanDisk had also reported an acceleration in Q2 revenue growth by 8.6 percentage points. The company’s Q4 guidance of $2.60 billion implies a YoY growth of 38.6% and 12.7% QoQ, marking the fourth consecutive quarter of YoY revenue growth acceleration, reflecting robust AI-driven demand and improved pricing. 

SanDisk reports 22.6% year-over-year revenue growth in Q3 2025, highlighting accelerating momentum as data center demand fuels the AI storage super cycle

SanDisk reported 22.6% YoY revenue growth in Q3 2025, signaling accelerating momentum as the data center demand boosts AI storage super cycle 

Source: Seeking Alpha 

The company’s margins have also expanded sequentially this year on higher memory prices and better product-margin mix, though margins were down YoY in Q3. The company also guided strong margins for the next quarter, with gross margins expected to expand 12 percentage points QoQ and 9.5 percentage points YoY to 41.8%, primarily reflecting higher prices. Strong free cash flow generation enabled SanDisk to reach a net cash position, six months ahead of its February Investor Day target. 

SanDisk’s rally this year has been underpinned by genuine fundamental improvement, including accelerating revenue and expanding margins. While index inclusion increased the upside, the company’s pricing power and exposure to AI-driven storage demand suggest its performance is grounded in durable fundamental tailwinds. 

Bloom Energy (BE): Solving the AI Data Center Power Bottleneck 

Bloom Energy emerged as one of the standout stocks of 2025, with a return of 291.2%. The market increasingly recognized its strategic role in addressing one of AI’s biggest bottlenecks: reliable, scalable power. Bloom Energy is a beneficiary of surging AI data center demand, particularly as hyperscalers race to procure clean energy amid grid capacity constraints, as its fuel cells are very efficient and are currently producing 10x power within the same footprint than produced previously a decade ago. 

Major highlights include signing a deal in July with Oracle to supply fuel cells for Oracle’s Cloud Infrastructure data centers. Similarly, in October, the company announced a $5 billion strategic partnership with Brookfield Asset Management to become the preferred on-site power provider for Brookfield's global artificial intelligence factories. Due to robust AI demand, the company also plans to double factory capacity to 2 gigawatts a year by the end of this year.  

Bloom Energy’s Q3 revenue grew by 57.1% YoY and 29.4% QoQ growth to $519.1 million, accelerating 37.6 percentage points from the previous quarter’s YoY growth of 19.5%. The company’s fourth consecutive record revenue was driven by strong demand for its fuel cell technology powering AI data centers.  

Chart showing Bloom Energy’s record revenue turnaround from a –17.5% decline in Q3 2024 to 57.1% growth in Q3 2025, driven by strong demand for fuel cell technology powering AI data centers

Bloom Energy (BE) is reporting record revenue driven by strong demand for its fuel cell technology powering AI data centers. The chart illustrates a significant turnaround from a (–17.5%) decline in Q3 2024 to 57.1% growth in Q3 2025. 

Source: Company IR 

Bloom Energy’s margins are improving, primarily driven by operational efficiency, product cost improvements, and operating leverage. Bloom Energy is fundamentally transforming into a stronger company, as its GAAP operating margins were previously deep in the red, in double digits. Similarly, the company reported positive operating cash flows and free cash flows in Q3, after reporting negative cash flows in the first two quarters of the year. Strong cash flows are expected in Q4, further boosting investor optimism.  

Western Digital (WDC): #2 Best Performer of S&P 500 Driven by AI HDD Demand  

Western Digital stock sprang a major surprise, ranking as the second-best performer in the S&P 500 index with a return of 282.3%. The company’s CEO, Irwing Tan, highlighted the company’s niche during the Q3 earnings call, “Data is the fuel that powers AI and it is HDDs that provide the most reliable, scalable and cost-effective data storage solution, playing a vital role in storing the ever-increasing zettabytes of data created by the AI-driven economy.” The company is benefiting from robust demand from hyperscalers for its higher-capacity hard disk drives. Western Digital has solid visibility, and 5 of its large customers have placed purchase orders covering all of 2026, while one of its largest hyperscale customers has signed an agreement covering all of 2027. 

The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 27.4% YoY to $2.82 billion. The AI-related demand has turned the company’s fortunes, and it has reported its fourth consecutive quarter of YoY growth after a dull run of 10 consecutive quarters of negative growth. Margins are witnessing a turnaround, with gross margins improving by 710 basis points YoY and 250 basis points QoQ to 43.5%. The improved gross margin was primarily driven by a better product mix, higher-capacity drives, and cost controls. Operating margin also improved by 1300 basis points YoY and 200 basis points QoQ to 28.1% driven by operating leverage. AI initiatives have also led to gains in manufacturing productivity. Western Digital increased its dividend by 25% to $0.125 per share during Q3 results and the company’s inclusion in the Nasdaq-100 index also boosted the stock price in the last quarter of the year. 

Chart showing Western Digital’s Q3 revenue growth of 27.4%, fueled by strong hyperscaler demand for high-capacity hard disk drives, the most cost-effective solution for massive AI-generated datasets

Source: YChartsYCharts 

WDC Q3 revenue grew by 27.4% as it benefited from robust demand from hyperscalers for its higher-capacity hard disk drives, the most cost-effective solution for massive AI-generated datasets. 

Micron (MU): The Nasdaq-100's Top Performer of 2025 

Micron is the top-performing stock in the Nasdaq-100 index, posting a return of 239.1%. Technically, it ranks second, as Western Digital was added to the index on December 22; however, Western Digital traded for only one week after its inclusion.  

Micron is no longer tied to consumer device cycles. Instead, high bandwidth memory (HBM) has led to higher margins and multi-year supplier agreements, resulting in a leveraged approach to participate in the AI infrastructure buildout. We discussed in depth in our article, Micron Stock Up 120% YTD: What the HBM Memory Leader Plans for 2026, that the historically cyclical memory market is seeing a newfound resurgence from AI that is strong enough to transform commoditized hardware into a secular trend as the AI economy is built out.  AI servers use more DRAM and NAND than traditional servers, relying heavily on high-bandwidth memory (HBM) for training and inference.   

Micron topped analysts' estimates in each of the four quarters reported in 2025, benefiting from the AI-driven memory super cycle. Micron’s FQ1 revenue ending November grew by 56.7% YoY and 20.6% QoQ to a record $13.64 billion, accelerating by 10.7 percentage points from 46% growth reported in the previous quarter. The company’s gross margins improved 17.6 percentage points YoY and 11.3 percentage points QoQ to 56%, driven by an improved product mix and better pricing due to a supply-demand imbalance. Micron also reported record adjusted free cash flow of $3.9 billion, exceeding the prior record free cash flow in FQ4 2018 by over 20%. Management anticipates record revenue, margins, and free cash flows in the next quarter and FY2026, further reinforcing confidence in the durability of Micron’s AI-driven growth trajectory. 

Chart showing Micron’s FQ1 revenue surge to 56.7% year-over-year growth, driven by record High-Bandwidth Memory (HBM) demand for next-generation AI accelerators in the AI-driven memory super cycle

Micron’s FQ1 revenue accelerated to 56.7% YoY growth as it benefits from the AI-driven memory super cycle, driven by record High-Bandwidth Memory (HBM) demand for next-gen AI accelerators.  

Source: YChartsYCharts 

This past year has proven that HBM memory is a component multiplier when compared to GPUs in the hardware stack, as HBM scales faster than GPUs on a per-system basis. Each generation of GPU, from Hopper to Blackwell to Rubin, requires more memory capacity and bandwidth per chip. Therefore, there is compounded effect, as the number of GPUs rises combined with each GPU system requiring more HBM per package.   

I/O Fund has a history of buying stocks at low prices. Our Nvidia’s first entry was at $3.15 in December 2018, and since then, we have been able to issue buy alerts around major lows – including $10.85 on October 13th, 2022, as well as $94.48 on April 4th, 2025, and again at $87.99 on April 7th, 2025. We discuss key technical levels in our weekly webinars for Advanced Market Signals Tier members.  

Subscribe to Advanced Market Signals to get real-time trade alerts for every entry and exit, portfolio access, and join weekly live webinars. Join now.Subscribe to Advanced Market Signals to get real-time trade alerts for every entry and exit, portfolio access, and join weekly live webinars.Advanced Market Signals to get real-time trade alerts for every entry and exit, portfolio access, and join weekly live webinars. Join now.Join now.

Robinhood (HOOD): Among the S&P 500’s Top Performers of 2025 

Robinhood stock continued its bull run, rising 203.5% in 2025. Along with strong results, the company’s new products, such as Prediction Markets that allow users to trade on event outcomes across politics, sports, and economics, have been very successful. Prediction markets have become the company’s fastest-growing product line by revenue ever, with 11 billion contracts traded by more than 1 million customers. Furthermore, Robinhood accelerated its global expansion by acquiring crypto exchange Bitstamp for $200 million in June and announced in May that it will buy Canadian crypto platform WonderFi for $179 million, thereby gaining critical regulatory licenses and a robust infrastructure to scale its digital asset services internationally. Robinhood stock received an additional tailwind from passive index-fund buying after its inclusion in the S&P 500 in September 2025. 

Robinhood’s Q3 revenue grew by 100% YoY to a record $1.27 billion, driven by 129% YoY growth in transaction-based revenues. The company’s net deposits in the quarter were a record $20.4 billion, and Robinhood Gold subscribers reached a record 3.9 million, up 75% YoY. In Q3, two more businesses, Prediction Markets and Bitstamp, surpassed $100 million in annualized revenue, taking the total to 11 business lines. Based on October volumes, Prediction Markets is on a $300 million run rate. Robinhood has also consistently delivered GAAP profitability, with net income growing 271% YoY and 44% QoQ to $556 million in Q3. Robinhood’s 2025 stock performance reflects a company that has successfully evolved into a diversified, profitable financial platform with multiple high-growth revenue streams. 

Chart showing Robinhood’s record Q3 2025 revenue of $1.27 billion, a 100% year-over-year increase driven by a 129% jump in transaction-based revenues

Robinhood (HOOD) Record Q3 2025 Revenue: 100% YoY Surge to $1.27 billion. This chart illustrates a massive revenue doubling, driven by a 129% jump in transaction-based revenues.  

Source: Seeking Alpha 

Digital Turbine (APPS): AI Ad-Tech Top Performer of 2025  

Ad-tech company Digital Turbine’s stock rose 195.9% in 2025 after three years of negative returns. Digital Turbine’s revenue growth has accelerated in recent quarters, with the company returning to positive year-over-year revenue growth in Q1 2025 after a prolonged period of declines. The company’s margins have also turned around, and it reported its first positive operating margin in Q3 in about 3 years. Digital Turbine also refinanced its debt in September 2025, thereby extending its debt maturities.   

The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 18.2% YoY to $140.4 million, accelerating by 7.2 percentage points from 11% growth in the previous quarter. The company benefited from strong advertising demand and international growth, and management also highlighted meaningful progress on its first-party data and AI-driven machine learning platform during the earnings call, laying the groundwork for better targeting and improved returns on investment for advertisers.    

The company reported an operating profit of $6.5 million compared to a loss of (-$13.5 million) in the same period last year, its first operating profit in about three years. Digital Turbine’s adjusted EBITDA also grew by solid 78% YoY to $27.2 million, driven by strong operating leverage. Due to improved visibility, management also increased the full-year revenue and adjusted EBITDA guidance for FY2026, ending March 2026. 

Chart showing Digital Turbine’s Q3 revenue growth of 18.2% year-over-year to $140.4 million, accelerating from 11% in the previous quarter, driven by AI-powered ad-tech demand

Source: YChartsYCharts 

Digital Turbine (APPS) Revenue Breakout Signals AI Ad-Tech Turnaround: Q3 revenue grew by 18.2% YoY to $140.4 million, accelerating by 7.2 percentage points from 11% growth in the previous quarter. 

Palantir (PLTR): The S&P 500’s Standout AI Software Leader of 2025 

Palantir joins the list of I/O Fund's Top Tech Stocks for a third-year running, with shares rising 135% in 2025. I/O Fund’s editorial previously pointed out that Palantir was “one of the rare few that sees AI drive both real returns for its business and real value for its customers,” as it continues to crush its software competitors in AI-related growth.   

Palantir’s Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP) has driven a significant revenue acceleration following its launch, with profitability also expanding – a rare combination for growth software stocks. AIP is a cloud-agnostic and model-agnostic platform that connects AI with existing systems and operations. AIP goes beyond what LLMs can deliver on their own by embedding models in workflows and logic. The value creation comes from being able to work with incomplete datasets through the ontology layer, while also offering a level of reasoning that goes far beyond analysing the data itself.    

Palantir has capitalized on the AI software opportunity at hand via AIP’s unique value proposition, its scalability, and versatility. AIP’s scalability and flexibility continue to attract larger and more ambitious commercial engagements. In the software universe, Palantir is in rare territory, as one of the few cloud stocks seeing meaningful AI growth across multiple key metrics.  

The company’s revenue growth has accelerated over the last 9 quarters. Q3 revenue grew by 62.8% YoY and 17.7% QoQ to $1.18 billion. Revenue growth accelerated 14.8 percentage points from 48% in Q2, the largest sequential acceleration to date and marking Palantir’s highest growth rate since going public. The strong growth was driven by unwavering momentum in US Commercial segment, generally seen as the primary vector for its AIP-driven growth, with revenue accelerating by 28 percentage points to 121% YoY in Q3.  

Margins strengthened considerably in Q3, with an adjusted operating margin of 51%. Palantir’s Rule of 40 score (revenue growth + adj operating margin) expanded to a wild 114%, up from 94% last quarter and 68% in Q3 2024.   

Chart showing Palantir’s nine-quarter revenue acceleration reaching a record 62.8% year-over-year growth in Q3 2025, the highest since IPO, powered by its Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP)

Palantir (PLTR) Revenue YoY Growth: 9-Quarter Acceleration Hits Record 62.8% in Q3 2025, marking the highest growth rate since its IPO. This chart highlights the unprecedented revenue acceleration driven by Palantir’s Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP).  

Source: YCharts YCharts 

GE Vernova (GEV): Powering the AI Grid with 98.7% Return 

GE Vernova is part of the spinoff that General Electric first announced in 2021 and later completed in 2024. The company is the world’s largest gas turbine supplier, at 25% ahead of Schneider at 24%. GE Vernova is a major beneficiary of the increasing energy requirements from the global AI infrastructure build-out, positioning the company as a key beneficiary of this secular trend. The stock rose 98.7% in 2025. 25% of global electricity was generated using the company’s equipment. Due to a sudden surge in AI-related electricity demand, turbine orders are vastly outpacing demand, and the company’s order book is sold out through 2028. 

The stock also got a boost after the company’s 2025 investor update. The company raised the by 2028 revenue outlook to $52 billion from the prior $45 billion. Similarly, the adjusted EBITDA margin was raised to 20% from the prior 14%, and cumulative 2025 to 2028 free cash flow was raised to over $22 billion from the prior over $14 billion. GE Vernova expects to grow total backlog from $135 billion to $200 billion by year-end 2028, including doubling the size of electrification backlog from $30 billion to $60 billion. The Board of Directors also increased the share repurchase authorization from $6 billion to $10 billion and doubled the annual dividend to $2 per share. 

The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 11.8% YoY to $10 billion. Operating margin improved on a YoY basis and came at 3.7% compared to (-4%) in the same period last year. The company also announced that it will acquire the remaining 50% stake in Prolec GE, its joint venture with Xignux for $5.275 billion and the transaction is expected to close in mid-2026.

Chart showing GE Vernova’s Q3 revenue growth of 11.8% year-over-year to $10 billion, surpassing analysts’ expectations and driven by the AI Energy Supercycle

GE Vernova (GEV) Q3 revenue grew by 11.8% YoY to $10 billion beating analysts' expectations and growth was driven by the AI Energy Supercycle. 

Source: YChartsYCharts 

#9: Dominating the AI Optical Interconnect and EML Market 

This little-known optical technology supplier became a must-own AI beneficiary in 2025—surging 339.1% as Nvidia’s Blackwell rollout and explosive data-center demand rewrote its growth and profitability story. The company supplies components for datacom transceivers and optical interconnects. It has a differentiated technology that has caught the attention of AI heavyweights such as Nvidia, and the company’s Electro-absorption modulated lasers (EMLs) are a critical component with Nvidia’s Blackwell generation. Similarly, optical interconnects help data centers accelerate data throughput between data centers and inside the data center between servers or racks, while reducing latency and power consumption. AI is driving cloud demand higher among hyperscalers, leading to more data being created and processed, thereby fueling a need for interconnects to support high-speed, low-power data transmission in data centers. To find out which company it is, sign up early here.    

Similar to SanDisk, the company reported strong revenue growth acceleration in 2025 from 16% YoY growth in Q1 to 55.9% in Q2 and 58.4% in Q3. Revenue growth is expected to further accelerate to 60.6% and 62.1% in the next two quarters. The company also surpassed its guidance of over $500 million revenue a quarter earlier than its expectations, reporting a record $533.8 million in Q3. The company’s Q4 guidance of $650 million is significant as it will reach its $600 million quarterly revenue target two quarters ahead of schedule, primarily reflecting accelerating AI-driven demand.  

Source: YCharts 

The company reported its first positive operating margin in the last three years. The company reported an operating margin of 1.3% in Q3 compared to (-24.5%) in the same period last year. The company is witnessing a turnaround in margins driven by strong operating leverage, higher pricing due to the supply-demand imbalance, improved manufacturing efficiencies, and a favorable product mix. Margins are expected to improve further in 2026, with premium pricing from supply-demand imbalances serving as a strong lever for margin expansion.  

AI-driven demand translated into rapidly accelerating revenue growth, early achievement of revenue targets, and a meaningful turnaround in profitability, significantly strengthening investor confidence in 2025. 

 #10: The S&P 500’s Top-Performing AI Ad-Tech Stock  

This stock soared 108.1% in 2025 as its AI-powered advertising engine accomplished the unthinkable—reviving a stagnant mobile gaming ads market and delivering extraordinary profitability. The company also divested its gaming assets segment in Q2 2025 and is now a pure-play ad-tech stock. The high-growth, high-margin advertising business that drove the strong returns over the past few years is now the company’s sole focus. To find out which company it is, sign up early here.    

The stock was added to the S&P 500 index in September. The stock also received a further boost as it launched the self-service platform in October, which will help the company tap into e-commerce ad budgets. Management is confident in maintaining 20% to 30% YoY growth for the foreseeable future, and incremental growth from the self-service platform could help exceed this baseline. 

The company’s Q3 revenue grew by 68.2% YoY and 11.6% QoQ to $1.41 billion. The growth was primarily driven by the strong gaming advertising revenue. The company’s revenue growth is only part of the story, whereas the bottom line is what sets this stock apart. Its margin expansion is truly outstanding, primarily driven by strong operating leverage. The company’s AI-powered advertising engine, launched in Q2 2023, served as a game-changer, driving strong revenue and profits. The company’s operating margin has increased from 17.5% in Q2 2023 to a remarkable 76.8% in Q3 2025. Adjusted EBITDA grew by 79% YoY to $1.16 billion with an outstanding adjusted EBITDA margin of 82%. The company has an exceptionally strong cash flow margin profile, primarily driven by strong profits, and free cash flows grew by 92.4% YoY to $1.05 billion in Q3.  

Source: Company IR 

Conclusion 

Reflecting on 2025 is vital; it provides the blueprint for 2026. While 'winners keep winning,' our goal isn't to chase a carbon copy of last year, but to identify the structural patterns that drove that success. The 2025 leaders proved they could thrive despite macroeconomic headwinds, driven by revenue acceleration and operating leverage that turned high demand into massive margin expansion. 

Most importantly, 2025 shifted the AI narrative. The focus rotated toward the 'physical' layers of the stack, revealing that memory, storage, and energy are now the industry's critical bottlenecks. As we enter 2026, we are watching for the next set of companies that can turn scarcity into a competitive moat. 

Subscribe to Advanced Market Signals to get real-time trade alerts for every entry and exit, portfolio access, and join weekly live webinars. Join now.Subscribe to Advanced Market Signals to get real-time trade alerts for every entry and exit, portfolio access, and join weekly live webinars.Advanced Market Signals to get real-time trade alerts for every entry and exit, portfolio access, and join weekly live webinars. Join now.Join now.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the company’s portfolio. We then share that information with our readers and offer real-time trade notifications. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance and it is not financial advice. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis. I/O Fund own shares in NVDA, MU, BE, and GEV at the time of writing.

Recommended Reading:

  • Broadcom Stock: The Silent Winner in the AI Monetization Supercycle
  • The AI Revenue Leader Nobody Is Talking About—Second Only to Nvidia Stock
  • AI Stocks & Nvidia: I/O Fund’s 2025 Tech Media Highlights
  • Nvidia & Beyond: I/O Fund’s Best Free AI Stock Research in 2025
Posted in AI StocksLeave a Comment on Top 10 Tech Stocks of 2025: How the AI Trade Defied the Skeptics

The I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas List for Q1 2026

Posted on January 2, 2026June 30, 2026 by io-fund

Since launching the Discovery tier less than a year ago, The I/O Fund’s internal process for identifying new winners has greatly improved. Based on the research we produced from this tier, we added stocks like Bloom Energy, Core Scientific and Oklo to our portfolio, and these new additions became some of our biggest wins in 2025.  

As we continue to build out the Discovery library, we’d like to make it as easy as possible for our readers to follow along. We want to cast a wide net, explore thoroughly, and leave no stone unturned. Therefore, we anticipate our coverage to include dozens of stocks over time. However, we also want to make sure we get down to brass tacks by providing you a clear takeaway by ranking what we’ve dug up every quarter. The ranking will also help clarify which ones we are eyeing an entry for and what setups Knox will cover in his Discovery Tier webinars. This will be called the I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas List.  

The ranking we provide is an estimate, which means all 10 stocks are of interest. Given the nature of momentum stocks, the ranking could shift quickly. Please check back to the Discovery Ranking list provided on the Dashboard for any changes in the interim. 

Access the updated Discovery Ranking list here: Top 10 Watchlist

Themes: 

We have covered the trends below on our Q4 Top 15 AI Stocks Report. Our Discovery list offers names centered in these trends, thus we are repeating some of the information for easy reference, but surfacing several new stocks that stand out this quarter. 

AI Networking: 

Networking is at the heart of the new architecture that Nvidia is shipping now as the increased bandwidth is instrumental in driving higher performance. For example, the NVL72 systems will deliver 4X faster training and 30X faster inference compared to HGX systems. Notably, this is accomplished with many more GPUs from eight to 72 per system. 

To support the new systems, the NVLink domain moves from supporting eight GPUs to 72 GPUs and 36 CPUs with a speed of 1.8 TB/s with 18 NVSwitch ASICs, up from four in the HGX/DGX systems due to increasing the number of GPUs but also due to doubling the per-GPU links. The 5th generation of NVLink supports up to 576 GPUs compared to the fourth generation of up to eight GPUs. 

Scale-up refers to increasing the number of GPUs in an AI system. Proprietary NVLink remains the highest performance option for scale-up interconnects, although PCIe and scale-up Ethernet are also used. For the cabling, copper is used for intra-rack scale-up with up to 5,184 cables per system. Future generations of NVLink are likely to integrate optical I/O so that GPUs can communicate across racks without requiring costly retimers. 

A few parameters around the size of the scale-up opportunity: 

  • GB200 NVL72 with 72 GPUs and 36 CPUs has 18 NVSwitch chips and 72 InfiniBand NICs for scale-out networking and 36 Bluefield-3 Ethernet NICs for front-end networking. Compare this to the HGX systems with 8 GPUs and the DGX systems with 8 GPUs and 2 CPUs has 4 NVSwitch chips and 8 InfiniBand NICs. 
  • This means the new architecture that Nvidia is shipping now results in 9X more GPUs, 4.5X more NVSwitches, 9X more InfiniBand NICs and 18X more front-end NICs. Each GPU requires its own InfiniBand link for scale-out whereas NVSwitch components grow faster than GPU count as each GPU must talk to every other GPU, therefore, it has more of an exponential growth.  

Although NVLink is proprietary, it acts as a bellwether for the importance of AI networking and lesser-known suppliers. Generally speaking, what we can see from looking more closely at Nvidia’s networking fabric is that networking components are increasing 5X to 9X, and in some cases up to 18X.  

Source: Nvidia Technical Blog, “Nvidia Contributes Nvidia GB200 NVL72 Designs to Open Compute Project”Nvidia Contributes Nvidia GB200 NVL72 Designs to Open Compute Project”

Scale-out racks refer to connecting multiple racks across a cluster. InfiniBand switches and Ethernet switches are used for this purpose. As you can see below, Nvidia offers scalable units called SuperPODs that offer tens of thousands of GPUs. For a very large SuperPOD with 16,834 GPUs and 2048 nodes, there would be hundreds of InfiniBand switches required (or a hyperscaler can also use Ethernet switches) and extensive cabling is also required.  

Source: Nvidia DGX SuperPOD technical blog 

Also consider that as the networking and interconnects market matures, there will be new opportunities to participate, for example, co-package optics are expected to be introduced for the Rubin generation of GPUs in 2026-2027. 

Regardless of the exact networking-to-compute ratio, as we scale up AI systems, the architecture becomes a networking and interconnect problem that must continually be solved for, and we want to be correctly positioned within the networking supply chain. Therefore, AI networking will remain a key focus for the I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas in the coming quarters and years. You can expect our team to deliver additional names in this trend and to increase our allocation as needed.  

AI Energy: 

Data center power demand is expected to grow at an accelerated clip through the end of the decade and beyond, with more powerful GPUs and surging growth in inference two main drivers. 

McKinsey projects data center capacity will rise ~2.5x to 219 GW by 2030, up from 82 GW in 2025, with AI contributing 70% of that demand. This corresponds to total capacity growth of 137 GW over the next five years, with 112 GW coming from AI.

Goldman Sachs estimated global data center power usage at 55 GW in early 2025, far below BCG’s 82 GW figure. However, GS projects power usage to reach 84 GW in 2027 and increase further to 122 GW by 2030, corresponding to total growth of just 67 GW. However, considering 2025 and 2026 capex spend could support >20 GW of new capacity, this forecast may understate the pace of capacity growth.

We covered this trend more closely in a lengthy Pro Tier article entitled: “Why Power is Critical for Data Centers and their Hyperscaler Customers” 

As that analysis pointed out, Nvidia’s Blackwell lineup is bringing a significant increase in power consumption, nearly double the H200’s 70 kW at 120 kW for the GB200 NVL72 and 140 kW for the upcoming GB300 racks.   

Beyond Blackwell, Nvidia’s future design lineup shows continual increases in power consumption. Its Rubin generation is expected to boost thermal design power (TDP) by 50% over Blackwell at up to 180 kW per rack, with the upgraded Vera Rubin then doubling this to 360 kW per rack by 2027.  

In its largest configuration, the Vera Rubin NVL576, dubbed the ‘Kyber’ rack, could draw as much as 600 kW (0.6 MW), or 5x that of the GB200 NVL72 in just a two-year design timeframe. These figures do not include networking, interconnects, cooling and other hardware, which will further boost power draw per rack. 

This rapid increase in power consumption per GPU generation is critical, as existing infrastructure is simply unable to meet these escalating power demands. For example, Applied Digital pointed out that nearly 70% of current data centers “contain racks requiring between four and nine kW of power, and less than two percent of data centers have racks with greater than 50kW.”  

For comparison, Super Micro’s GB200 NVL72 SuperCluster requires 132kW, while the upcoming Kyber rack could more than quadruple that to 600kW. Because Blackwell-based servers are now 15x to 30x the power density, cooling and power delivery strategies have to be redesigned, as liquid cooling now becomes a necessity.   

This sharp rise in power density means current infrastructure may be unable to transition from 4-9kW racks to >130kW racks without incurring significant retrofitting costs, while building new infrastructure bypasses that hurdle and allows for optimization for high-powered racks. 

For example, Vantage’s upcoming 1.4 GW campus in Texas for Oracle is designed for ultra-high density racks up to 250kW, yet this will not be enough power to able to host NVL576 racks in just two to three years’ time. Additionally, a former Microsoft Azure AI executive reportedly said he estimated that the “requirements in terms of power for the data center would probably at least double every three years and maybe exponentially so over a period of time,” further reinforcing this. 

The push to 600kW racks over the next few years means this is not a transient problem, rather it is one that the industry will continue to face, meaning continuous new construction may be needed to handle surging power demand.  

In the latest earnings call with CoreWeave, management agreed with the analysis we have presented to Pro Members, stating: “at the end of the day, right now, it's the powered shells that are the choke point that is causing the struggle to get enough infrastructure online for the demand signals that we are seeing […]” 

Takeaway: When building our portfolio, we have to balance many things when it comes to AI energy stocks. Time to power is paramount as some energy infrastructure is 5-10 years out from commencing operations and generating revenue. Secondly, many energy stocks require significant cash to secure energy sources, get government approval and build the underlying infrastructure, which also includes taking into consideration regional differences, transmission capacity and distances from generation sites to metro areas.

AI Data Layer: 

The initial years of AI development were compute intensive to where training created a compute hierarchy. We still see evidence of this hierarchy as companies with access to GPUs, networking and energy have an advantage, and the barrier to entry is high in both costs and by the limited supply preventing widespread access. 

Nvidia has enjoyed a near-monopoly by being the parallel processing leader decades before AI took over as the primary market that demanded massive compute and data throughput for matrix multiplications and vector math. The lack of supply has afforded the world’s largest companies a head start in training and deploying models while startups and enterprises patiently wait for access. As more frontier LLMs are deployed by R&D labs and Big Tech, the emphasis moving forward will be on inference rather than only on training models.  

The inference market is when enterprises and companies sitting on large private data sets will be able to increase the accuracy of open sourced models and licensed models. There will be an important shift to where companies that can offer domain-specific data in various industries, such as finance, healthcare, manufacturing, will do well by optimizing processes to generate more revenue and achieve better margins. It will start with the Fortune 500, the Global Fortune 2000 and well-funded startups. Meanwhile, investors should also not overlook the fact that R&D labs are growing closer to cracking the consumer market, as well, with apps such as OpenAI’s ChatGPT and Sora, or Perplexity’s search.  

While training is benefiting those who sell the compute or own the infrastructure (and we will continue to own these stocks), there will also be a shift toward companies that manage the data pipes by sitting across the many database and software services that enterprises use. Think of all the ERP systems, CRMs, legacy databases, etc, where private data is stored. There will be an emphasis toward combining the data, keeping it private, yet utilizing it to increase the quality of inference.  

Takeaway: Compute will continue to drive the scale for inference; data will drive the quality of inference. Therefore, a key focus for I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas list over the next few quarters (and years ahead) will be AI data stocks that help private enterprises use their valuable data to feed data-hungry reasoning models. We will also, in tandem with AI networking and AI energy, be looking to build our portfolio with exposure to stocks that will participate in the AI inference market, which spans hardware, software, the data layer, and more.  

The stocks below are new ideas and at time of publishing, the I/O Fund does not own these stocks although they are under strong consideration for the portfolio. To find out the stocks the I/O Fund owns, subscribe to our Pro tier for Research or our flagship tier Advanced with additional research, real-time trade alerts, allocations to stocks and weekly webinars.

Palantir: One of the Strongest Reports from Q3 

Thematic: 9/10 
Fundamentals: 10/10  
Valuation: 1/10 

Brief Overview:  Brief Overview:  

The difference between Palantir and other AI-enabled database competitors is that Palantir is able to answer questions a model cannot answer. Traditional business intelligence companies require a complete data set whereas Palantir is able to tackle situations where there is not a complete data set. You can think of the competitive advantage as being actionable depth, which Palantir has described as “the reasoning that goes into decision-making, not just data.”    

Palantir’s Artificial Intelligence Platform (AIP) integrates generative AI with operational data and workflows, and when combined with Palantir’s other platforms Foundry and Apollo, it provides an AI service mesh that can run hundreds of microservices, scale compute through its Rubix engine and orchestrate updates through Apollo.  Additionally, Palantir’s knowledge graph referred to as Ontology is a distinct advantage. The graph offers better context than a large language model would on its own – or as Palantir states, it’s “the reasoning that goes into decision-making.”   

In Q3, Palantir delivered one of the most outstanding reports across tech, with revenue accelerating nearly 15 points sequentially to almost 63%, with red-hot growth in key metrics and a 50 point acceleration in US Commercial revenue since the start of the year.  

Overall Revenue Growth Overall Revenue Growth 

Palantir reported $1.18 billion in revenue in Q3, up an impressive 18% QoQ and beating estimates by 8.4%, driven by unwavering momentum in US Commercial. Commercial revenue rose 21.5% QoQ and 73% YoY to $548 million, a 26 point acceleration from 47% YoY growth last quarter. Government revenue rose 14.5% QoQ and 55% YoY to $633 million, a six point acceleration from 49% YoY in Q2; Government remained Palantir’s largest segment at ~53.6% of revenue. 

On a YoY basis, overall revenue growth accelerated 14.8 points to 62.8% YoY, the largest sequential acceleration to date and marking to Palantir’s highest growth rate since going public. Over the last nine quarters, topline growth has accelerated ~50 points, from just 12.7% in Q2 2023, a rare feat to accomplish.  

For Q4, Palantir guided for revenue up 60.6% YoY to $1.327 to $1.331 billion, well ahead of estimates for 44.2% growth to $1.19 billion. While this does represent a marginal deceleration at face value, this sequential deceleration is in line with trends from previous quarters.  

For the full year, Palantir raised its revenue outlook to $4.396 to $4.400 billion, pointing to YoY growth of 53.5% at midpoint, a sharp acceleration from 29% growth in 2024. To put in perspective the strength of this acceleration, Palantir had initially guided for just 30.9% growth to $3.76 billion in revenue back in Q4 2024; growth is now more than 22 points faster.  

AI Segment Growth AI Segment Growth 

Palantir’s US Commercial segment is generally seen as the primary vector for its AIP-driven growth, with robust momentum only accelerating further in Q3.   

US Commercial revenue grew 29% QoQ and 121% YoY to $397 million in Q3, accelerating from 93% YoY growth in Q2. Since the start of the year, US Commercial growth has accelerated 50 points, and since the start of 2024, growth has accelerated 81 points.  

For the full year, Palantir significantly boosted its US Commercial growth outlook to >104% YoY, up from 85% previously. This corresponds to revenue of $1.433 billion, up from $1.302 billion previously.  

Key metrics for the segment were very strong: TCV closed (total contract value) surged 342% YoY to a record $1.31 billion, while remaining deal value (RDV) rose 199% YoY and 30% QoQ to $3.63 billion. US Commercial deals closed of >$1 million were up 2X YoY and deals closed of >$5 million were up 5X YoY. 

Additionally, other key metrics outside US Commercial were very strong — net retention rate (NRR) expanded six points sequentially to 134%, and over the past two years, NRR has risen an impressive 27 points, with Palantir noting that AIP is continuing to drive existing expansions and new customer conversions. Total remaining deal value rose 91% YoY and 21% QoQ to $8.6 billion, and Palantir also closed its highest ever TCV quarter at $2.8 billion. 

Earnings Earnings 

Palantir reported $0.18 in GAAP EPS in the quarter, up 200% YoY, while adjusted EPS was $0.21, beating estimates by 25.5% and rising 110% YoY. Palantir did not provide a specific guide for EPS for Q4, though current estimates are pegged at $0.12 in GAAP EPS and $0.22 in adjusted EPS, up 300% YoY and 57% YoY, respectively. 

For FY25, Palantir is expected to earn $0.72 in adjusted EPS, up nearly 76% YoY, before slowing to 39% growth to $1.01 in FY26. 

Margins Margins 

Margins strengthened considerably in the quarter, with adjusted operating margin surpassing 50% with more expansion guided for Q4. Palantir’s Rule of 40 score (revenue growth + adj operating margin) expanded to a wild 114%, up from 94% last quarter and 68% last Q3.  

Gross margin was 82% in Q3, up one point QoQ and two points YoY, while adjusted gross margin was 84%, up two points YoY and QoQ. 

GAAP operating margin was 33%, an impressive 6 point QoQ and 17 point YoY expansion. Adjusted operating margin was 51%, breaking past 50% for the first time and up 5 points QoQ and 13 points YoY. For Q4, Palantir guided for adjusted operating margin to be 52%, showcasing its ability to drive strong margin expansion alongside swift revenue acceleration. Full year adjusted operating margin guidance was raised from 46% to 49%.  

GAAP net margin was 40%, up 7 points QoQ and 20 points YoY. Adjusted net margin was 45%, up 5 points QoQ and 12 points YoY. Palantir is one of the few, if not only, tech companies to have 40% GAAP net margins with revenue growth accelerating to above 60%. 

Cash Cash 

Cash flows were strong, though cash flow margins dipped on a YoY and QoQ basis. Operating cash flow was $507.7 million for a 43% margin, shrinking from a 54% margin in Q2 and 58% in the year ago quarter.  

Adjusted free cash flow was $539.9 million for a 46% margin, down from 57% in Q2 and 60% in the year ago quarter. Palantir raised its adjusted FCF guidance for the year to $1.9 to $2.1 billion, or a 45.5% margin, up from a 42.8% margin previously. 

Cash and equivalents totaled $6.4 billion and debt remained zero.  

Valuation Valuation 

Valuation is the crux for Palantir as the stock trades at 100x forward revenue, nearly triple its five-year average of 36x and in rather uncharted territory for software stocks. On the bottom line, Palantir trades at 256x forward adjusted EPS despite a >40% margin, more than double its average 109x multiple.  

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

The valuation with Palantir is a gamble as the company is attempting to set a new bar for AI software, with >100x forward sales multiples only achieved for short fashion in 2021 for a handful of prior market darlings, whose stocks have yet to return to those prices. This elevated valuation may also present a risk if/when the company reaches peak revenue growth as comps will quickly get tougher.  

Celestica: 800G Switch Demand Accelerating into FY26 with 1.6T Switches Soon Ramping 

Thematic: 10/10
Fundamentals: 7/10
Valuation: 1/10 

Brief Overview: Brief Overview: 

Celestica is an under-the-radar beneficiary of the AI networking trend, capitalizing on strong demand for 800G and 1.6T Ethernet networking switches and leveraging its deep ties to hyperscalers as an original design manufacturer (ODM). 

Celestica guided for one of the most impressive accelerations seen in this last quarter of earnings, underpinned by its 800G switches accelerating next year with 1.6T ramps on deck. For 2026, Celestica expects revenue growth to accelerate around five points to 31% YoY in 2026, whereas consensus had been pegged at just 17% YoY. This strong upside is being driven by networking and custom AI compute platforms with visibility into 2026-2027. 

In terms of AI revenue, Celestica’s Cloud and Connectivity Solutions (CCS) segment is guided to generate $9 billion in revenue in 2025, up ~40% YoY, accounting for nearly 74% of total revenue. CCS, which includes AI networking, server, storage and rack-scale system solutions, is Celestica’s main growth driver and is also expected to grow ~40% annually in 2026 and 2027. 

Celestica is closely linked to Broadcom’s networking platforms as a key vendor, serving major customers such as Google and Meta, with some of its notable product engagements including Google’s TPU server racks, and Meta’s Minerva ASICs servers, Wedge400 switches and also its next-gen Tomahawk5-based 400G AI fabric switch Minipack3. Additionally, management’s commentary suggests that OpenAI could become a key customer as soon as 2027 – read more on this in our Discovery deep dive. Discovery deep dive.  

Revenue: Revenue: 

Celestica reported Q3 revenue of $3.19 billion, up 28% YoY and 10.4% QoQ, coming in more than 6% ahead of estimates for $3.00 billion. Revenue from the CCS segment rose 43% YoY to $2.41 billion, driven by an 82% YoY increase in Communications revenue to $1.94 billion offsetting a (24%) decline in Enterprise to $477 million on an AI program transition with a hyperscaler. Celestica’s other segment, Advanced Technology Solutions (ATS, serving aerospace, defense, industrial and semicap equipment markets) saw revenue decline (4%) YoY to $781 million.  

For Q4, Celestica guided for revenue of $3.325 billion to $3.575 billion, up 35% YoY at midpoint of $3.45 billion, a seven point acceleration. On a QoQ basis, this correlates to 8% growth sequentially.  

As a result, Celestica raised its fiscal 2025 guidance from $11.55 billion to $12.2 billion, a strong 7% raise with just one quarter to go, signaling the strength of demand the company is witnessing in Q3 and Q4. The updated guide points to 26% YoY growth.  

Perhaps more important was Celestica’s initial guidance for fiscal 2026, with the company laying out an initial forecast for $16 billion, for 31% YoY growth, a five point acceleration. This was $1.86 billion ahead of estimates for $14.14 billion, a large 13.2% beat.  

The impressive fiscal 2026 guide and revisions to consensus estimates for fiscal 2027 have taken Celestica’s forward growth CAGR from FY25 to FY27 to a strong 28%, up from 17% prior to the report. 

AI Segment Growth: AI Segment Growth: 

In terms of AI revenue, Celestica’s Cloud and Connectivity Solutions (CCS) segment is forecast to generate $9 billion in revenue in 2025, up ~40% YoY, and accounting for nearly 74% of total revenue. CCS, which includes AI networking, server, storage and rack-scale system solutions, is Celestica’s main growth driver and is expected to grow ~40% annually in 2026 and 2027. 

In Q3, revenue from CCS segment rose 43% YoY to $2.41 billion, driven by an 82% YoY increase in Communications revenue to $1.94 billion offsetting a (24%) decline in Enterprise to $477 million on an AI program transition with a hyperscaler. Communications revenue notably accelerated to 18% QoQ from 15% QoQ in Q2, on strong demand for 800G switch products and solid demand for optical products.   

For Q4, CCS revenue is implied to accelerate nine points to 52% YoY, with Communications growth guided in the high-60s YoY on strong switch demand, and Enterprise guided in the low-20s as the new AI program is set to ramp. Despite the seemingly strong guide in Communications, QoQ growth would be just 1% QoQ, a sharp deceleration from Q3’s 18% QoQ growth. 

For 2026, Celestica guided for approximately 40% YoY growth in CCS to ~$12.6 billion, up from $9 billion guided for 2025, supported by views for accelerating 800G demand, early 1.6T ramps and the ramp of its next-gen AI compute platform to full-volume. Management also hinted that they have visibility and confidence in maintaining at least 40% growth for CCS in 2027 – more on this in our deep dive.  

Earnings Earnings 

Celestica reported GAAP EPS of $2.31 in Q3, beating the $1.38 estimate by 67.6%. Adjusted EPS was $1.58, beating the $1.49 estimate by just 6% and representing growth of 52% YoY.  

For Q4, Celestica guided adjusted EPS to be in the range of $1.65 to $1.81, which, at the $1.73 midpoint, is only marginally ahead of estimates for $1.71. This also corresponds to a slight acceleration to 56% growth. 

For fiscal 2025, Celestica boosted its adjusted EPS outlook by 7.3% to $5.90, from its previous forecast for $5.50 and pointing to 51% YoY growth. For fiscal 2026, Celestica outlined an initial guide for $8.20 in adjusted EPS, up 39% YoY and well ahead of estimates for $7.22.  

Margins Margins 

Margins continued to expand in Q3, with some signs of operating leverage arising from strong Communications growth as operating margin expanded by 4.7 points YoY versus a 2.6 point YoY expansion for gross margin.  

  • GAAP gross margin was 13.0% in Q3, up 0.2 points QoQ and 2.6 points YoY. 
  • GAAP operating margin of 10.2%, up 0.8 points QoQ and 4.7 points YoY. Adjusted operating margin was 7.6%, up 0.2 points QoQ and 0.8 points YoY. 
  • GAAP net margin of 8.4%, up 1.1 points QoQ and 4.8 points YoY. However, adjusted net margin was just 5.7%, up just 0.1 points QoQ and 0.7 points YoY due to a $113 million impact from gains on total return swaps.  

For fiscal 2025, Celestica guided for adjusted operating margin to be 7.4%, and for 2026, only a slight increase to 7.8% despite the 31% growth on the top-line. This suggests that its positioning primarily as an ODM may limit future upside to operating margins.  

Cash Cash 

On the other hand, cash flows are rather thin and fell to the lowest level in a year.  

Operating cash flow was $126.2 million, or a 4% margin, down from 5.3% in Q2 and 4.9% in the year ago quarter. OCF growth was just 2.4% YoY and was also the lowest cash flow since the year ago quarter.  

Adjusted FCF was $89 million for a 2.8% margin in Q3, up 15.6% YoY but also the lowest level since the year ago quarter. Adjusted FCF margin was down from 4.1% in Q2 and 3% in the year ago quarter.  

For fiscal 2025, Celestica raised its adjusted FCF guidance slightly to $425 million, from $400 million prior, for a 3.5% margin, while capex is guided to $200 million, or 1.6% of revenue. Fiscal 2026 adjusted FCF was guided at $500 million, up 18% YoY and for a 3.1% margin, with the margin decline driven by higher capex, guided to rise 50-100% YoY to $300 to $400 million, or 2.2-2.5% of revenue.  

Cash and equivalents totaled $305 million while debt totaled $728 million in term loans. Including an undrawn revolver, total liquidity is approximately $1.1 billion. Celestica’s gross debt to TTM adjusted EBITDA was 0.8x, improving by 0.1 points sequentially and 0.3 points from last year. 

Valuation Valuation 

Celestica is trading close to peak multiples on the top and bottom line. Forward PS is currently at 2.8x, well above the five-year average of 0.75x and 40% above the 2x multiple it commanded at the start of September. Even on the fiscal 2026 guide, shares are at an elevated 2.1x multiple, just below peaks at 2.5x. 

On a forward PE basis, shares are trading at 51x fiscal 2025 adjusted EPS and 41.3x fiscal 2026, well above the five-year average of 15.4x and prior resistance at 25x in late 2024 and early 2025. This is slightly below current peaks around the 60x level from October and November.  

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

Valuation is the primary risk, and while it could be argued that the company is deserving of a material re-rating higher on strong AI-driven growth and a shift to higher-margin, custom rack solutions come 2027, margins remain thin with operating margin only just crossing into double-digit territory. Additionally, its ODM positioning also presents a risk as even a shift to higher complexity, higher value products may be unable to produce continuous margin expansion into the low-teens. 

Celestica’s Communications growth within CCS also presents another key risk for Q4, as the high-60s YoY growth guide would imply QoQ growth of around 1% next quarter. This would mark Communications’ lowest sequential growth in the last two years, and its first time reporting single-digit sequential growth in the last seven quarters, raising a potential red flag considering Communications is primarily driven by networking/800G switches. However, a likely explanation of this could be the strong outperformance in Communications in Q3 – guidance was for low-60s YoY growth, which Celestica beat by ~20 points. As a result, QoQ growth was likely expected to be ~4%, but came in at 18%, possibly representing a much stronger-than-expected ramp of 800G platforms in the quarter.  

Arm: Data Center Royalties Double YoY, Targeting 50% Data Center CPU Share 

Thematic: 9/10
Fundamentals: 9/10 
Valuation: 3/10 

Brief Overview Brief Overview 

AI’s need for high-performance, energy-efficient chips creates a long-term tailwind for Arm, as the company’s heterogenous CPU architectures are seeing rapid adoption in data center applications. This is coming from both next-gen merchant GPU platforms and custom silicon deployments from hyperscalers, with Arm now forecasting its server CPU share to reach 50% in 2025, up from 15% in 2024.  

The company’s license and royalty revenue model had centered around its v9 architecture, as it commanded double the royalty of v8, featuring in “virtually all high-end data center chips” and commanded a majority share in smartphones. For example, Arm’s Neoverse V2 (based on v9) powers Nvidia’s Grace CPU on its Grace Hopper and Grace Blackwell platforms, along with Amazon’s Graviton4 CPUs, Google’s Axion CPUs, and more.  

Arm is now pushing ahead with its Compute Subsystems (CSS) platform to help accelerate time to market for complex chip designs, such as Microsoft’s newest Azure Cobalt 200 CPU rolling out through 2026. CSS notably carries double the royalty rate as v9, which management placed at roughly 10%. Arm also signed three new CSS licenses this quarter, bringing its total CSS licenses up to 19 across 11 companies; five of these companies are already shipping CSS-based chips.  

Revenue Revenue 

Arm’s revenue growth accelerated more than 22 points from 12.1% YoY in fiscal Q1 to 34.5% YoY in fiscal Q2 to $1.13 billion, while QoQ growth rebounded from (15.1%) to 7.8% QoQ. 

Royalty revenue increased 21% to a record $620 million, driven by growth in smartphones, auto and data center, along with increased v9 penetration and the ramp of CSS platforms. However, this was a slight deceleration from 25% growth in the prior quarter. 

Licensing revenue rose 56% YoY to $515 million on normal timing fluctuations, accelerating from (1%) growth in the prior quarter.  

For Q3, Arm guided for revenue of $1.225 billion at midpoint, though this represents a deceleration to 24.6% YoY and 7.9% QoQ growth. 

AI Segment Growth AI Segment Growth 

Arm does not provide specifics into its data center revenue contributions, but noted that data center royalties doubled YoY on continued deployment of Arm-based chips at hyperscalers. Data center Neoverse royalties more than doubled YoY, and Arm expects to reach 50% share in of CPUs deployed by hyperscalers by the end of 2025.  

For another view, Arm’s management explained that it is reasonable to assume cloud and networking would reach 15% to 20% share of royalty revenue for the fiscal year, up from ~10% last year. Assuming Q3 and Q4 see royalty revenue rise ~20% YoY, this could project cloud and networking’s contribution between $394 to $525 million. 

Earnings  Earnings  

Arm delivered strong GAAP EPS growth in Q1 as margins expanded down the line, while adjusted EPS growth was more muted but solid nonetheless.  

GAAP EPS was $0.22 in Q1, up 120% YoY and more than 66% ahead of estimates for $0.13. Adjusted EPS was $0.39, nearly 18% ahead of estimates for $0.33 and representing growth of 30% YoY.  

For Q3, Arm guided for adjusted EPS to be $0.41, +/- $0.04, for YoY growth of just 5%. Q4 is estimated to see growth of just 2.7% YoY to $0.56, before reaccelerating to >29% YoY growth in each quarter of fiscal 2027. 

Margins Margins 

Arm saw strong margin expansion down the line, with operating and net margin expanding at a much larger degree than gross margin in Q2, signaling that adoption of its higher margin v9 and CSS platforms is translating to bottom line strength. 

  • GAAP gross margin was 97.4% in Q2, up 1.2 points YoY and 0.2 points QoQ.  
  • GAAP operating margin was 14.4%, up 6.8 points YoY and 3.6 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 41.1%, up 2.5 points YoY and 2 points QoQ; for Q3, adjusted operating margin is implied to be ~39.4% at midpoint assuming gross margin is flat QoQ.
  • GAAP net margin was 21%, up 8.3 points YoY and 8.7 points QoQ. 

Cash Cash 

Cash flows improved substantially on a YoY basis, and Arm’s balance sheet remains robust and debt-free. 

  • Operating cash flow was $567 million for a 50% margin, up from a 0.7% margin in the year ago quarter and a 31.5% margin in the prior quarter. 
  • Adjusted free cash flow was $411 million for a 36.2% margin, a significant increase from (7.7%) in the year ago quarter and 14.2% in the prior quarter.  

Cash and equivalents totaled $3.26 billion and debt was zero. 

Valuation Valuation 

Unlike many of the other names on this list, Arm is trading more than 20% below its average multiples on the topline, though the company still commands a premium multiple to many of its semiconductor customers. Arm trades at 24.3x forward PS, below its 31.6x average since IPO and well below its peaks at 50x, though it has traded as low as 16x. 

On the bottom line, Arm trades at 64.5x forward PE, below its average of 79.5x, though shares have traded as low as 40x and as high as 125x.  

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

Despite increasing royalty rates by 2X with each new architecture, from 2.5% under v8 to 5% with v9 and 10% with CSS, Arm’s growth may continue to lag that of peers – the company may need to take the leap into design as IP licensing did not move the needle enough from the mobile era. 

Fabrinet: Key Nvidia Partner with Revenue Accelerating to 30% YoY  

Thematic: 8/10
Fundamentals: 4/10 
Valuation: 4/10 

Brief Overview Brief Overview 

Fabrinet provides advanced optical packaging, high-precision optical and electro-optical manufacturing services to OEMs, with revenue primarily stemming from transceivers, active optical cables, optical subsystems for high-speed networking, and data center interconnect. 

Fabrinet is also a key optical partner for Nvidia, with its contributions said to be for short-reach active optical cables with 800G transceivers for Nvidia’s InfiniBand platforms, and optical engine packaging. Fabrinet was also stated as key partner for Nvidia’s upcoming silicon photonics CPO switch platforms during GTC 2025.  

Nvidia accounted for 27.6% of Fabrinet’s revenue in fiscal 2025, or ~$943.7 million; however, this was down nearly (7%) YoY, potentially due to the Blackwell delays from early 2025. Cisco is Fabrinet’s second largest customer, said to be for optical transceivers, accounting for 18.2% of revenue in fiscal 2025, or $622.3 million, up 61% YoY. 

However, like peers positioned similarly in the contract manufacturing space, margins are quite thin and did not show any expansion in the past quarter, and Fabrinet may be unable to produce substantial margin expansion moving forward.  

Revenue Revenue 

Fabrinet reported record fiscal Q1 revenue of $978.1 million, up 7.5% QoQ and 21.6% YoY. This marked a slight acceleration from 20.7% YoY and 4.3% QoQ growth in FQ4.  

Fabrinet’s Optical Communications (OC) business remained the key driver, accounting for 76.4% of revenue. OC revenue rose 8.4% QoQ and 19.3% YoY to $747 million in Q1, accelerating 15.5% YoY and 4.8% QoQ in Q4. Non-optical Communications revenue, or auto, industrial laser and other end markets, was $231.2 million, up 4.6% QoQ and 30% YoY. 

For fiscal Q2, Fabrinet guided for revenue of $1.05 to $1.10 billion, accelerating more than seven points to 29% YoY at midpoint, while QoQ growth would accelerate 2.4 points to 9.9%. Revenue is expected to accelerate to 30-31% YoY in both Q3 and Q4 to $1.13 billion and $1.19 billion respectively.  

For fiscal 2026, Fabrinet has not provided a set guide, though analysts expect revenue to rise 28% YoY to $4.39 billion, accelerating from 18.6% in fiscal 2025. 

AI Segment Growth AI Segment Growth 

Fabrinet offers a few distinct breakdowns within Optical Communications revenue, highlighting datacom and telecom, and within telecom, data center interconnect (DCI).  

Datacom revenue was $273.1 million in Q1, down (17%) YoY and (1%) QoQ, which was a smaller decline than expected due to a smaller QoQ decline at Fabrinet’s largest datacom customer and larger contributions from other datacom customers.  

DCI revenue was $138.1 million, up 92.3% YoY and 29% QoQ, marking a sharp acceleration from 44.8% YoY and 3.5% QoQ growth in the prior quarter. DCI now accounts for ~14% of total revenue. 

Fabrinet also introduced HPC as a reportable segment under Non-optical Communications in Q1, as the company qualified and started to ramp its first HPC program for AWS, which contributed $15.4 million in revenue. Management believes HPC “will scale considerably over the coming quarters and become a significant driver to our overall growth.” 

Fabrinet did not provide a breakdown on OC revenue by data rate in Q1, though in Q4 (the Aug quarter), revenue from >800G data rates was $312.7 million, up 20.7% YoY and 32.5% QoQ and accounting for 34.4% of total revenue. 

Earnings  Earnings  

Despite a lack of margin expansion, Fabrinet has a rather defensible bottom line and delivered solid EPS growth in Q1. GAAP EPS was $2.66, up 24.9% YoY, while adjusted EPS was a record $2.92, up 22.2% YoY and beating estimates by 3.5%. 

For Q2, Fabrinet guided for GAAP EPS of $2.91 to $3.06, up 25.4% YoY at midpoint, while adjusted EPS was guided to be $3.15 to $3.30, up 23.6% at midpoint. The growth rates here lagging revenue by four to five points suggests that margins may feel a bit of pressure next quarter. 

Adjusted EPS growth is forecast to accelerate into the end of the fiscal year, however, suggesting margins may rebound quickly if there is softness in Q2. Q3 and Q4 are both forecast to see adjusted EPS growth of 36% to 37% YoY, or six to seven points faster than revenue growth. 

For fiscal 2026, Fabrinet is currently expected to generate GAAP EPS of $12.25, up 33.6% YoY, and adjusted EPS of $13.25, up 30.3% YoY. 

Margins Margins 

As noted above, Fabrinet did not deliver much on the margin front in Q1, with gross margin contracting slightly, and operating margin remaining flat YoY but dipping slightly sequentially. Additionally, its contract manufacturing position may not be able to drive meaningful margin upside over the coming quarters. 

  • Q1 GAAP gross margin was 11.9%, down 0.4 points YoY and 0.3 points QoQ. Adjusted gross margin was 12.3%, down 0.4 points YoY and 0.2 points QoQ. 
  • GAAP operating margin was 9.6%, flat YoY but down 0.2 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 10.6%, down 0.1 points YoY and QoQ, 
  • GAAP net margin was 9.8%, up 0.2 points YoY and QoQ. Adjusted net margin was 10.8%, flat YoY but up 0.3 points QoQ. 

Cash Cash 

Fabrinet’s cash flow generation was solid in Q1, with operating cash flow margin expanding and free cash flow rebounding after a soft Q4. Fabrinet also has a healthy balance sheet with nearly $1 billion in cash and no debt. 

  • Operating cash flow was $102.6 million in Q1 for a 10.5% margin, up from a 10.3% margin in the year ago quarter and a 6.1% margin in Q4. 
  • Free cash flow was $57.3 million for a 5.9% margin, down from a 7.8% margin in the year ago quarter, but up from 0.5% in Q4. The YoY contraction in FCF margin was primarily due to capex, which was $45.3 million, up 123.5% YoY. 

Cash and equivalents totaled $968.8 million and debt was zero. 

Valuation Valuation 

Fabrinet is trading close to peak multiples on the top and bottom line. On a forward PS basis, Fabrinet trades at a 3.8x multiple, below its 4.3x peak from early December and notably well above its five-year average multiple of 2.5x; to note, Fabrinet has spent much of the last two and a half years trading between 2x to 3x, with the re-rating above 3x taking place since October 2025. 

On the bottom line, Fabrinet trades at a 35x forward PE, slightly below its peak of 40x and again well above its five-year average of 23x. Similar to forward PS, Fabrinet has spent the last two and a half years primarily between 18x and 28x forward PE.  

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

The main risks to Fabrinet relate to its positioning as a contract manufacturer for Nvidia, Cisco and other key clients, as the company may be unable to produce substantial margin expansion beyond its current profile, meaning EPS growth will likely be closely correlated with revenue growth rates. Fabrinet is also quite highly exposed to Israel, which accounted for 29% of revenue in fiscal 2025, and continuation of global conflicts could potentially impact growth.  

Fabrinet’s strategic positioning with Nvidia as its key customer may present a risk – while it could see tailwinds from the ramp of the silicon photonics CPO switches in 2026, any delay in Rubin’s ramp could adversely affect shipments and revenue. Analysts have also raised concerns in the past that Fabrinet could face headwinds if hyperscalers ‘unbundle’ from Nvidia’s ecosystem and shift away from Nvidia’s InfiniBand or Ethernet switch options.  

Vertiv: Orders Surge 60% YoY, 20% QoQ in Q3, FY25 Guidance Raised 

Thematic: 8/10
Fundamentals: 8/10
Valuation: 3/10 

Brief Overview Brief Overview 

Vertiv will not win any hypergrowth stock awards, especially as management has previously offered CAGR guidance of 15% to 17% through 2029. Rather, it’s where Vertiv is positioned as an AI infrastructure partner especially as the trend turns toward modular infrastructure that makes this a stock to watch.  Essentially, all roads point toward Vertiv’s power and thermal solutions becoming increasingly important for future generations of rack scale solutions, with the company already preparing 800V DC solutions for Nvidia’s Rubin Ultra platform due in 2027. 

Revenue Revenue 

Vertiv reported revenue up 29% YoY and 1% QoQ to $2.676 billion, well ahead of its original guidance for 23% growth in the third quarter. This was driven by 43% YoY growth in the Americas on accelerated AI demand and 20% growth in APAC.  

For Q4, Vertiv guided for revenue to be $2.81 billion to $2.89 billion, up 6.5% QoQ and 18-22% YoY at the $2.85 billion midpoint. While this was ahead of previous guidance for $2.735 to $2.815 billion, this would still represent a nine point deceleration on the topline at midpoint. Management expects Americas revenue to be up high-30s, APAC up mid-single digits and EMEA down high single digits but up mid-teens QoQ. 

The strong outperformance in Q3 also led to Vertiv hiking its FY25 revenue guidance from $10 billion at midpoint to $10.2 billion at midpoint, pointing to organic growth of 26-28% YoY. Management did not provide any direct insight into FY26, though they did say that based on the “substantial backlog and clear visibility of pipeline, we anticipate continued significant organic sales growth in 2026,” with EMEA potentially reaccelerating in 2H 2026. 

AI Revenue Metrics AI Revenue Metrics 

Vertiv’s backlog rose ~30% YoY and 12% QoQ to $9.5 billion, reaccelerating from 21% YoY growth last quarter. More importantly, the $1 billion sequential increase in backlog was the largest in more than two years. However, one of the stronger metrics was order growth, with Vertiv reporting organic orders up 60% YoY and 20% QoQ in Q3. This drove a ten point rebound in TTM organic order growth to 21% YoY, from 11% in Q2. 

However, starting in Q4, Vertiv will no longer report on quarterly orders and backlog information, and instead will report a new metric “projected full year orders.”  

The following was stated in Q2: “Beginning on our Q4 and full year 2025 earnings call, we will provide projected full year orders rather than quarterly orders and backlog information. We believe this better aligns with how we run our business. We will provide updates on the full year projections quarterly as we progress through the year and as we deem necessary.”  This could create a boost to Vertiv’s stock to remove the lumpiness from quarterly reports and to also be more forward looking in terms of visibility offered to investors.  

Earnings Earnings 

Vertiv reported adjusted EPS up 63% YoY to $1.25 in the quarter, beating the $0.99 estimate by 25%. GAAP EPS of $1.02 beat estimates by 16.7%. For Q4, adjusted EPS was guided to decelerate to 27% growth to $1.26 at midpoint.  

For the full year, Vertiv raised its adjusted EPS forecast to $4.07 to $4.13, up from its prior view for $3.75 to $3.85. At midpoint, this represented a nearly 8% hike, now pointing to 44% YoY growth versus 33% previously.  

Margins Margins 

Vertiv reported expanding margins across the board in Q3, though Q4 is expected to be approximately flat for adjusted operating margin.  

  • Gross margin was 37.8%, up 1.3 points YoY and 3.8 points QoQ. 
  • GAAP operating margin was 19.3%, up 1.4 points YoY and 2.5 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 22.3%, up 2.2 points YoY and 3.8 points QoQ, driven by tariff mitigation efforts and strong execution addressing operational inefficiencies.  
  • Net margin was 14.9%, up 6.4 points YoY and 2.6 points QoQ. 

For Q4, adjusted operating margin was guided to be up 0.9 points YoY and approximately flat QoQ at 22.4%, as “progress addressing operational inefficiencies [is] offset by acceleration in growth investments and negative impact from new tariffs.” This is a rather steep decrease from Q2’s guidance for 23.6%, which would’ve been its best adjusted operating margin print since going public in 2020.  

For FY25, Vertiv slightly raised its adjusted operating margin forecast by 0.2 points at midpoint to 20.2%, representing YoY expansion of 0.8 points. This is strong as it comes in the face of “significant headwinds from tariffs and operational inefficiencies driven by supply chain actions to mitigate tariffs.” Tariff impacts are expected to be materially offset exiting Q1 ’26. 

Cash Cash 

Vertiv reported strong cash flows in Q3, with operating cash flow of $508.7 million, up nearly 36% YoY. OCF margin was 19%, up 1.8 points YoY and 6.8 points QoQ. 

Q3 adjusted free cash flow was $462 million, up 32% YoY. Adjusted FCF margin was 17.3%, up 1.1 points YoY and 6.8 points QoQ. Q4 adjusted FCF was guided to be $496 million for a 17.4% margin, up marginally from Q3. Vertiv boosted its adjusted FCF guidance by $100 million, now forecasting $1.5 billion for the year, up from $1.4 billion previously. This corresponds to a 14.7% margin.  

Accounts receivable dipped (1%) QoQ to $2.81 billion, while inventories rose less than 2% QoQ to $1.43 billion. 

Cash, equivalents and investments totaled $1.94 billion, while debt totaled $2.90 billion. 

Valuation Valuation 

Vertiv is trading around 15% below peak multiples on the top line, and more than 23% below peak on the bottom line. Vertiv’s forward PS is 6.2x, below its recent peak valuation at 7.2x at the end of October and substantially higher than its April low at 2.2x forward PS. 

On the bottom line, Vertiv is trading at 40x forward earnings, slightly below its late October peak at 47x and more than 23% below its late 2024 peaks at 52x. 

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

Vertiv’s extended valuation is a primary risk as the company contends with a sharper deceleration on the top line heading into Q4, as well as a sharp deceleration in EPS growth from 63% in Q3 to 27% in Q4. Margins are also a line item to watch, considering management had guided for a Q4 adjusted operating margin of 23.6% back in Q2 but then subsequently cut that guide to 22.4% in Q3. 

Talen: Q3 Revenue Up 29% QoQ, Operating Margin Strengthens 

Thematic: 9/10 
Fundamentals: 6/10  
Valuation: 2/10 

Brief Overview: Brief Overview: 

Talen is an independent power producer with more than 10GW of generation capacity with 2.2GW of that being nuclear. The company’s assets are primarily located in Pennsylvania, Maryland and now Ohio, yet data center regions and capacity are growing including a long-term power purchase agreement with Amazon to fuel data centers in Pennsylvania. 

Talen is expanding its power production portfolio with recent acquisitions of two combined-cycle gas turbine (CCGT) plants, Freedom Energy Center and Guernsey Power Station, for ~$3.8 billion. The two plants will add 2.8 GW to Talen’s energy assets in the PJM region – both are suitable for hyperscale data center power supply. This comes at a time when data center construction is surging in PJM’s region as its grid faces increasing strain, meaning the plants could be more valuable for meeting near-term hyperscaler power needs. 

Revenue Growth Revenue Growth 

Talen reported revenue of $812 million in Q3, up 28.9% QoQ and 24.9% YoY, with the quarter including the higher 2025/26 capacity pricing of ~$270/MW-day.  Revenue from contracts with customers rose 51.9% YoY to $697 million. 

Looking ahead, revenue is expected to accelerate to 43.2% YoY in Q4 and 170.2% in Q1, though these estimates have been revised lower from 53.4% YoY and 184.5% YoY at the start of November. Talen said that for Q4, “things are a bit better given the market move-up, but we are still projecting to be at the lower end of our guidance range as we previously stated at that September Investor Day.” 

For 2026, Talen said it is “forwards tick up. Gas is up, sparks are expanding and load continues to be strong, all factors that continue to impact commercial positioning on long-term transactions.” However, 2026’s estimated capacity revenue is now $733 million, down $14 million from an estimated $747 million as of Q2.  

AI Revenue AI Revenue 

Talen’s deal with Amazon is contributing minimally so far, with just $0.70 in adjusted FCF per share expected in FY25. By mid-2026, Talen expects to deliver 240MW, and expects adjusted FCF to rise ~121% to $1.55 per share, before rising at a ~27% annually to $2.50 per share by FY28 as capacity scales to 480MW. 

Margins Margins 

Gross margin (operating revenue minus energy expense) improved to 64% in Q3 from 60% in Q2 and 62.3% in the year ago quarter. 

Operating margin was 32.3% in Q3, a strong improvement from 10.5% in Q2 and 24.3% in the year ago quarter. This was likely driven by the $116 million increase in capacity revenue and, to a lesser extent, the $99 million increase in energy revenue, as operating expenses were up only marginally YoY. 

Net margin was 25.5% in Q3, improving from 11.4% in Q2 but down marginally from 25.8% in the year ago quarter. 

Earnings  Earnings  

Talen reported $4.25 in GAAP EPS in the quarter, up 34.5% YoY. Talen did not provide guidance for Q4, yet current estimates point to a (25.9%) QoQ decline to $3.15 in GAAP EPS. For 2025, Talen is expected to report GAAP EPS of $5.13, before rising nearly 290% to $20.00 in 2026. 

Talen also reported adjusted EBITDA of $363 million in Q3, representing a 44.7% margin, and improving substantially from $90 million for a 14.3% margin in Q2. Despite the strong increase, Talen narrowed its adjusted EBITDA guidance for fiscal 2025 to $975 million to $1,000 million, down from $975 million to $1,125 million previously. Management said this was because they are towards the lower end of guidance, due to a lack of price volatility in Q3 and the Susquehanna outage. 

For 2026, Talen reaffirmed its adjusted EBITDA guidance for $1,750 million to $2,050 million, representing 75% to 110% YoY growth.  

Cash and Balance Sheet  Cash and Balance Sheet  

Talen’s cash flow generation improved in Q3, with adjusted FCF margin rising to the high-20% level. Talen also improved its balance sheet, though cash to debt remains upside-down for the moment. 

Operating cash flow was $359 million for a 44.2% margin, a sharp improvement from a (22.9%) margin in Q2 and 14.8% in the year ago quarter. 

Adjusted free cash flow was $223 million for a 27.5% margin, up from (12.4%) in Q2 and 14.9% in the year ago quarter. Talen said Q3’s adjusted FCF also included higher capex related to the extended Susquehanna refueling outage. For fiscal 2025, adjusted FCF is tracking near the middle of Talen’s guided range of $470 million to $490 million (narrowed from $450 million to $540 million). For fiscal 2026, Talen is guiding adjusted free cash flow in the range of $980 million to $1.18 billion, more than doubling YoY. 

Cash and equivalents totaled $497 million, a solid improvement from $135 million in Q2. Long-term debt totaled $2.99 billion as of quarter end, though this does not include recent debt associated with Talen’s acquisition financing. Management also shared that they expect the balance sheet to get stronger over time as the AWS deal ramps, and as more contracts get added, it is expected to “further strengthen the balance sheet and provide for visibility to those cash flows.” 

Management provided an update on total liquidity including revolvers:  

“Our liquidity remains substantial with $1.2 billion of liquidity available for working capital, including approximately $490 million of cash available. Once we close on the Freedom and Guernsey acquisitions, we'll have $200 million more of liquidity as our revolver capacity will increase to $900 million. Excluding the acquisition financing, our leverage ratio is still within our 3.5x net debt to adjusted EBITDA target.” Talen’s current year-end forecast for net leverage ratio is 2.6x, well within its target, though it stands at ~5.7x based on current pro-forma debt (incl acquisition financing). Talen is focusing on debt paydown post-closing to reach its 3.5x target by year-end 2026.  

Valuation Valuation 

Talen’s valuation is trading close to peak levels, though the company has seen substantial multiple expansion over the past two years. Talen is currently valued at 7.2x forward sales, below its peak at 8.5x but well above its 3.4x multiple from March 2025 and its 1.9x valuation from early 2024. 

On the bottom line, Talen trades at 74x forward EPS for FY25, more than double its 34x average, though the strong earnings growth in FY26 to the $20 range brings this down to 19x for next year, well below 2024’s peaks of 38x and in line with its five-year average. 

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

Though Talen looks to prioritize rapid debt deleveraging following the closing of the Freedom and Guernsey acquisitions, debt to cash remains stretched very thin. The valuation does appear stretched when looking at FY25 multiples, though Talen is expected to grow into its multiples on the bottom line quickly next year. 

SanDisk: Shares Up 559% In 2025 On NAND Flash, Enterprise SSD Tailwinds 

Thematic: 9/10
Fundamentals: 6/10 
Valuation: 3/10 

Brief Overview Brief Overview 

NAND flash-based data center (enterprise) solid state drives (SSDs) are an often overlooked but equally important memory component when it comes to AI training and inference. This is because data center SSDs offer higher read-write speeds critical for accessing and transferring data rapidly, along with higher performance and energy efficiency, making them vital for larger-scale AI training and inference workloads.   

NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory Express) is a protocol designed specifically for NAND-flash based SSDs that optimizes performance by reducing latency and increasing data transfer speeds by utilizing the PCIe bus. This helps provide the high throughput and fast data transfer speeds necessary for AI workloads – NVMe SSDs can increase performance by more than 2X versus SATA SSDs.  

Now operating independently after being spun out of Western Digital in February 2025, SanDisk is eyeing growth in the enterprise SSD market with its ‘Stargate’ NVMe SSD products, based on its BiCS8 3D NAND architecture jointly-developed with Kioxia, offering industry-leading capacity, energy efficiency and performance. SanDisk’s Stargate line debuted this year with 64TB and 128TB capacity, but will scale to 512TB by 2027, suitable for managing massive AI datasets and workloads. Data center remains a smaller portion of SanDisk’s revenue, with client (PC/smartphones) and consumer products (SD cards/USB) remaining core to its business.  

Revenue Revenue 

SanDisk reported a strong sequential revenue acceleration in its fiscal Q1, driven by NAND demand outpacing supply and increasing demand in its data center, edge and consumer end markets. Q1 revenue increased 22.6% YoY and 21.4% QoQ to $2.31 billion, accelerating from 8% YoY and 12.2% QoQ growth in fiscal Q4. Higher-than-expected bit growth drove the outperformance in the quarter relative to guidance of $2.1-2.2 billion.  

SanDisk’s Edge segment was the primary growth driver in Q1 with revenue up 30% YoY and 26% QoQ to $1.39 billion, driven by increasing NAND content in PCs and smartphones and a positive PC refresh cycle. Consumer revenue rose 27% YoY and 11% QoQ to $652 million, while data ce3nter revenue was down (10%) YoY but up 26% QoQ to $269 million. 

Q2 revenue was guided to be $2.55 to $2.65 billion, up 38.6% YoY and 12.6% QoQ at midpoint. Revenue growth is expected to accelerate further to 53% YoY in fiscal Q3 and then decelerate slightly to 49% in Q4.  

For fiscal 2026, SanDisk is currently expected to generate revenue of $10.53 billion, up 43.2% YoY. Management expects demand to outpace supply through 2026, creating stronger tailwinds for pricing and growth through the year. 

AI Segment Growth AI Segment Growth 

SanDisk’s data center revenue, as mentioned above, declined (10%) YoY but rose 26% QoQ to $269 million, driven by increasing demand for its ‘Stargate’ enterprise SSD product line. However, revenue contribution remains small, at less than 12% of revenue. 

SanDisk did not provide a numerical guide for Q2 for data center, but management noted that they are expecting sequential growth in the segment throughout fiscal 2026, with two hyperscaler qualifications underway and qualifications with an additional hyperscaler and major storage OEM planned for calendar 2026.  

Management also increased their forecast for data center exabyte growth, explaining that last quarter, exabyte growth expectations were in the mid-20% range, but now are in the mid-40% range. As a result, data center Is expected to be the largest market in NAND on an exabyte basis in 2026, surpassing mobile. 

Earnings  Earnings  

SanDisk stands out for its strong expected earnings growth through fiscal 2026 and fiscal 2027, with adjusted EPS expected to reach almost $21 by then, nearly 7X higher than the $2.99 it earned in fiscal 2025. 

Q1 GAAP EPS was $0.75, a strong improvement from a ($0.16) loss in Q4, though this was down (49%) YoY from $1.46 in the year ago quarter as margins remained lower YoY. Adjusted EPS was $1.22, up 321% QoQ but down (33%) YoY. 

For Q2, SanDisk guided for adjusted EPS of $3.00 to $3.40, up more than 162% QoQ. Adjusted EPS is expected to further increase to $3.67 in fiscal Q3 and $4.67 in fiscal Q4.  

For fiscal 2026, SanDisk is expected to generate $13.02 in adjusted EPS, up almost 336% YoY, while GAAP EPS is projected to be $11.49, up from ($11.32) in FY25 due to the spin off. Fiscal 2027 is expected to see earnings power surpass $20, with GAAP EPS estimated to be up nearly 76% to $20.20 and adjusted EPS up nearly 59% to $20.68. 

Margins Margins 

Margins are lower YoY compared to pre-spinoff margins, but Q1 saw strong sequential margin expansion that is expected to accelerate in Q2.  

  • Q1 GAAP gross margin was 29.8%, down 8.8 points YoY but up 3.6 points QoQ. Adjusted gross margin was 29.9%, down 9 points YoY but up 3.5 points QoQ. 
  • GAAP operating margin was 8.3%, down 8.3 points YoY but up 5.6 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 10.6%, down 8.2 points YoY but up 5.3 points QoQ. 
  • GAAP net margin was 4.9%, down 6.3 points YoY but up 2.7 points QoQ, and adjusted net margin was 7.8%. 

For Q2, SanDisk guided adjusted gross margin to be 41-43%, or up just over 12 points QoQ at midpoint, while adjusted operating margin is implied to be 24.2% at the midpoint of opex guidance, or up 13.6 points QoQ.  

Cash Cash 

SanDisk noted that in Q1 it reached a net cash position, six months ahead of schedule, though debt is still almost equivalent to its cash on hand. Cash flows were quite strong, and adjusted FCF margin showed strong expansion. 

  • Operating cash flow was $488 million in Q1 for a 21.1% margin, up from a (7%) margin in the year ago quarter and a 4.9% margin in Q4. 
  • Adjusted free cash flow was $438 million in Q1 for a 19% margin, up from a (10.5%) margin in the year ago quarter and 2.6% in Q4. 

Cash and equivalents totaled $1.44 billion while debt totaled $1.35 billion. 

Valuation Valuation 

SanDisk’s valuation is somewhat hard to pin down given the company’s limited history on the public markets after its February spinoff, and its rapid 362% ascent since the end of August. 

SanDisk trades at 3.3x forward PS, having peaked at 4x in November and having traded as low as 0.6x in the summer, prior to its sharp rally. For comparison, this is a lower multiple than its former parent Western Digital at 5.1x forward PS, though the two are focused on different memory market segments with WDC primarily in hard disk drives.  

For forward PE, SanDisk currently trades at an 18.4x multiple, slightly above its 15.8x average from the second half of fiscal 2025 prior to its fiscal year readjustment in June. Since then, shares have traded as high as 21.7x and as low as 3x due to the sharp earnings increase expected in fiscal 2026.   

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

The NAND flash market has historically been quite volatile, and is shifting from significant oversupply in 2023 to expectations for substantial supply shortages through 2026. However, if NAND capacity begins to come online quickly through next year, or if demand for PCs and smartphones falters due to rising memory prices,  the NAND cycle could reverse and lead to pricing pressures cutting into revenue growth and margins. 

Teradyne: Quiet Beneficiary of Growing AI Compute, Memory Demand 

Thematic: 8/10
Fundamentals: 6/10 
Valuation: 1/10 

Brief Overview Brief Overview 

Surging demand for AI compute and memory chips is most obvious in the reports of leading chipmakers such as Nvidia and Micron, yet there are numerous behind-the-scenes beneficiaries of this powerful trend, such as Teradyne. Teradyne primarily provides automated test equipment (ATE) for the semiconductor industry, spanning high-performance processors and networking devices, as well as DRAM/HBM and SSD manufacturing.  

For example, Teradyne’s UltraFLEXplus test system was architected specifically for high-performance AI processors and networking devices, enabling high-efficiency volume production and reducing time to market by up to 20%. Its Magnum 7H is a multi-generational HBM test platform, serving HBM3e and HBM4 needs with upgradability to service HBM4e and HBM5 when these products arrive.  

Teradyne sees strong tailwinds from AI compute and memory through the end of the year, while its robotics revenue remains challenged. Management explained in Q3 that its view for 2H 2025 compute revenue is >50% higher than its expectations just three months prior, while memory test sales more than doubled QoQ in the quarter.  

Over the longer term, the increasing complexity of chips, shift to chiplet or multi-chip modules, and increasing die sizes all increase test intensity. For example, the cost of scrapping racks escalates from the NVL72 to the upcoming NVL144 and NVL576 platforms due to the increase in complexity and size, creating long-term tailwinds for Teradyne’s high-performance SoC and memory test products.  

Revenue Revenue 

Teradyne reported revenue up 4% YoY in Q3 to $769.2 million, accelerating from an (11%) decline in Q2. Sequential growth was quite strong at 18% QoQ, though this was against a slightly soft comp of (5%) from Q2.  

The primary driver of growth was Semiconductor Test Equipment, which saw revenue rise 7% YoY and 23% QoQ to $606 million, or nearly 79% of total revenue. This accelerated from a (12%) YoY decline in Q2. 

Product Test Equipment revenue was $88 million, up 10% YoY and 4% QoQ, while Robotics revenue was $75 million, down (15%) YoY and flat QoQ. 

For Q4, Teradyne guided for revenue to be $920 million to $1 billion, a strong acceleration to 28% YoY and 25% QoQ growth at midpoint. Analysts currently estimate revenue growth to continue accelerating to 41% YoY by fiscal Q2 (June 2026).  

AI Segment Growth AI Segment Growth 

Teradyne’s strongest AI-driven growth came from Memory Test Equipment (MTE), which rose more than 110% QoQ to $128 million, or ~16.6% of total revenue. However, this was down (15%) YoY. MTE revenue was driven primarily by DRAM (LPDDR and HBM performance test demand), which accounted for roughly 75% of revenue, with the remaining 25% coming from flash, primarily SSDs. As mentioned above, Teradyne’s Magnum 7H product for HBM3e, HBM4/4e and HBM5, began volume shipments in Q3.  

System-on-Chip (SOC) revenue saw growth driven by AI compute and networking products, with revenue up 11% QoQ and 12% YoY to $440 million, or more than 57% of total revenue.  

Management did not break out Q4’s guidance for these two segments, noting that AI-driven test demand remains robust across compute, memory and networking. Analysts from UBS placed the QoQ growth in Semi Test Equipment at ~$200 million as a whole, with management explaining that the growth will likely be 2/3 compute and networking-driven and 1/3 memory-driven, primarily by HBM. 

Earnings  Earnings  

Teradyne reported strong sequential EPS growth in Q3 that will continue in Q4, though EPS was lower YoY as margins were a couple of points lower compared to last year.  

In Q3, Teradyne reported GAAP EPS up 53% QoQ but down (16%) YoY to $0.75. Adjusted EPS was $0.85, up 49% QoQ but down (6%) YoY, and beating estimates by 7.5%. 

For Q4, Teradyne guided for GAAP EPS to be $1.12 to $1.39, pointing to QoQ growth of 67% and YoY growth of 39% at midpoint. Adjusted EPS was guided to be $1.20 to $1.46, up more than 56% QoQ and 40% YoY at midpoint. Analysts expected adjusted EPS growth to accelerate sharply over the next two quarters, with current consensus estimates calling for growth of 61% in fiscal Q1 and 112% YoY in fiscal Q2. 

Adjusted EPS for fiscal 2025 is projected to be $3.52 for 9.3% YoY growth, before accelerating to nearly 46% growth to $5.13 in fiscal 2026. 

Margins Margins 

While margins were down YoY, Teradyne reported strong sequential growth and improving operating leverage versus Q2, with the expansion in operating margin at 4X the rate of gross margin. Operating margins are guided to continue expanding at a similar rate in Q4.  

  • GAAP gross margin was down 0.8 points YoY but up 1.2 points QoQ to 58.4%. Adjusted gross margin was down 1.2 points YoY but up 1.2 points QoQ to 58.5% 
  • GAAP operating margin was down 1.7 points YoY but up 5 points QoQ to 18.9%. Adjusted operating margin was down 2 points YoY but up 5.3 points QoQ to 20.4%.  
  • GAAP net margin was down 4.2 points YoY but up 3.5 points QoQ to 15.5%. Adjusted net margin was down 2.3 points YoY but up 3.6 points QoQ to 17.7%.  

For Q4, Teradyne guided for adjusted gross margin to be 57-58%, down 1 point at midpoint on onetime supply costs to meet accelerated demand. Adjusted operating margin was guided to be 24-27%, up 3.6 to 6.6 points at midpoint on a much lower opex run rate at 31-33% of revenue, versus 38.1% in Q3. 

Cash Cash 

Cash flow margins contracted sharply Q3, though this was primarily driven by a large QoQ increase in accounts receivable, providing an extra layer of confidence in the upcoming revenue acceleration in the next couple of quarters.  

  • Operating cash flow was $49.1 million for a 6.4% margin, though OCF margin had been >22% for the past five quarters. The sharp contraction was primarily due to a $161 million sequential increase in accounts receivable.  
  • Free cash flow was $2.4 million for a 0.3% margin, down from 20.2% in the prior quarter due to the jump in AR.  

Cash and equivalents were $297.7 million in Q3, down from $367.9 million in Q2, while Teradyne took on new debt of $200 million in the quarter (with this being its only debt). 

Valuation Valuation 

Teradyne is trading at peak multiples, with shares currently at 9.9x forward PS, well above its five-year average of 6.6x and just shy of its 10.4x peak. 

On a forward PE basis, Teradyne trades at 55x forward earnings, more than 50% above its five-year average of 35.7x and just off its peak of 58x. Even looking ahead to fiscal 2026, with the ~36 point acceleration for adjusted EPS, Teradyne is trading at a 38x multiple, still above its average. 

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

It is still early in this AI-driven inflection in growth for Teradyne, and management has pointed out that SoC test growth in Q3 and Q4 should not be extrapolated into the early part of next year, as timing for Q1 and Q2 remains uncertain and growth may be lumpy. The thin cash flows are not necessarily a red flag yet, but if margins remain depressed, this could be more of a risk to watch moving forward. 

Dell: FY25 AI Server Revenue Raised to $25 Billion, Up 150% YoY 

Thematic: 8/10
Fundamentals: 6/10 
Valuation: 7/10 

Brief Overview Brief Overview 

Dell’s story is primarily centered around its AI server growth opportunities, benefiting from the ramp of Nvidia’s Blackwell and Blackwell Ultra GPUs, though the company does have other outlets into storage, networking, and commercials PCs and workstations. Dell is working closely with Nvidia to help accelerate enterprise AI adoption via the Dell AI Factory, and notably was the first to deliver Nvidia’s GB300 NVL72 racks to CoreWeave back in July. 

Riding Nvidia’s coattails this past quarter, Dell reported strong AI server metrics in Q3, booking record orders and reaching a new record for backlog, while guiding for record shipments next quarter. Dell also raised its AI server revenue forecast by another $5 billion, now seeing $25 billion this year, up 150% YoY and up $10 billion from its initial $15 billion forecast at the start of the year. Nvidia’s strong visibility into Blackwell and Rubin sales through 2026 also hints that this AI server momentum may persist through next year.  

However, growth in Dell’s consumer and commercial PC business remains low, and the company must battle rather thin AI server margins in a competitive market. Dell did note that AI server margins improved sequentially and helped drive some margin expansion, but the company must prove that this dynamic can be maintained. 

Revenue Revenue 

Dell reported a solid Q3 with revenue of $27.0 billion, though this was around 1.1% shy of consensus estimates for $27.3 billion. Revenue was up 10.7% YoY but down (9.7%) QoQ, as Q2 was positively impacted by a sharp ~356% QoQ increase in AI server shipments to $8.2 billion due to timing of fulfillment.  

Dell’s Infrastructure Solutions Group (ISG) revenue increased by double-digits YoY for a sixth consecutive quarter, up 24% YoY in Q3 to $14.1 billion. This slowed from 44% growth in Q2 to $16.8 billion, though again this was impacted by the strong QoQ growth on shipment timing. Within ISG, Server and Networking revenue was up 37% YoY to a record $10.1 billion, while Storage revenue was down (1%) YoY to $4 billion. 

Dell’s Client Solutions Group (CSG) revenue increased 3% YoY to $12.5 billion, a slight acceleration from 1% YoY growth in Q2, as Dell noted robust international demand and continued growth in Commercial demand. Commercial revenue was up 5% YoY to $10.6 billion, acceleration from 2% YoY in Q2, while Consumer revenue was down (7%) YoY to $1.9 billion.  

For Q4, Dell guided for $31-32 billion in revenue, marking a sharp acceleration to 32% YoY at midpoint and 16.7% QoQ, with nearly 30% of this revenue coming from AI servers. Full-year fiscal 2026 revenue was guided to be $111.2-112.2 billion, up 17% YoY at midpoint. This was a solid $4.7 billion raise from prior guidance for 12% growth to $107 billion at midpoint.  

AI Segment Growth AI Segment Growth 

Dell’s AI server momentum was robust in Q3, with the company reporting record orders and backlog, with a strong QoQ increase in revenue guided for Q4. Dell also raised its full-year AI server revenue forecast to $25 billion, up ~150% YoY.  

AI server revenue was $5.6 billion in Q3, up 93% YoY but down nearly (32%) QoQ as Dell fulfilled some larger orders in Q2. For Q4, Dell guided for $9.4 billion in AI server revenue, a fresh record, and representing YoY growth of 348% and QoQ growth of 68%. 

AI server orders reached a record $12.3 billion, up ~120% QoQ and also surpassing Q1’s $12.1 billion. Fiscal 2026 YTD orders reached $30 billion, more than 3X higher than the $9.4 billion recorded in the same period last year. 

AI server ending backlog rose ~57% QoQ to a record $18.4 billion with a significant shift to the GB300 in the quarter. Dell added that its five-quarter pipeline remains multiples of its backlog and grew sequentially across neoclouds, sovereigns and enterprises.  

Earnings  Earnings  

Dell reported a strong GAAP EPS beat in Q3, with earnings of $2.28, up 39% YoY and 15.7% ahead of estimates for $1.97. Adjusted EPS also beat by 4.5%, rising 17% YoY to $2.59, driven by improved profitability in AI servers and storage.  

For Q4, Dell guided for GAAP EPS growth to accelerate to 42% YoY to $3.05 at midpoint, while adjusted EPS was guided to accelerate to 31% YoY to $3.50 at midpoint. This accelerate is poised to continue into Q1, with adjusted EPS forecast to rise 52.4% YoY to $2.36. 

For fiscal 2026, Dell guided GAAP EPS to be $8.38 at midpoint, up 31% YoY, a $0.40 raise from its Q2 guide of $7.98 for 25% growth. Adjusted EPS was guided to be $9.92 for 22% YoY growth, also a $0.37 raise from its prior guide for $9.55.  

Margins Margins 

Margins were mixed for Dell in Q3, with gross margin rebounding QoQ but remaining down YoY, and operating margin expanding on both a YoY and QoQ basis.  

  • Q3 GAAP gross margin was 20.7%, down 1.3 points YoY but up 1.4 points QoQ. Adjusted gross margin was 21.1%, down 1.4 points YoY but up 2.4 points QoQ. 
  • Q3 GAAP operating margin was 7.8%, up 0.7 points YoY and 1.8 points QoQ. Adjusted operating margin was 9.3%, up 0.1 points YoY and 1.6 points QoQ. 
  • Q3 GAAP net margin was 5.7%, up 0.9 points YoY and 1.8 points QoQ. Adjusted net margin was 6.5%, flat YoY and up 1.2 points QoQ. 

By segment:  

  • ISG adjusted operating margin was 12.4%, down 0.9 points YoY but up 3.6 points QoQ. This was driven by storage and sequential improvement AI server profitability, with management saying AI server margins were mid-single-digit, up from an implied 2.5% last quarter.  
  • CSG operating margin was 6.0%, down 0.2 points YoY and 0.4 points QoQ.  

Cash Cash 

Operating and free cash flow both declined YoY and QoQ, though adjusted FCF more than doubled YoY due to financing receivables.  

  • Operating cash flow was $1.17 billion, down (25%) YoY. OCF margin was 4.3%, down from 6.4% in the year ago quarter and 8.5% in Q2.  
  • Free cash flow was $506 million, down (45%) YoY. FCF margin was 1.9%, down from 3.8% in the year ago quarter and 6.3% in the prior quarter. Adjusted FCF, however, was up 133% YoY to $1.67 billion for a 6.2% margin, up from 2.9% in the year ago quarter. 

Cash and equivalents totaled $9.57 billion, while debt totaled $31.24 billion, with $7.39 billion being current.  

Valuation Valuation 

Dell trades slightly above its average forward PS multiple at 0.76x currently versus its five-year average of 0.69x, though the company has rarely traded above 1x over the past two years. 

On the bottom line, Dell trades at 12.9x forward PE, also slightly above its five-year average of 12x, but well below its October high at 16.6x and previous resistance around the 18x level.  

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

The main risk to watch for Dell is AI server margins, and whether or not the company can maintain mid-single-digit margins moving through 2026, considering the competitiveness of the industry between Super Micro and Taiwanese ODMs such as Foxconn and Quanta. 

Additionally, the sharp surge in memory prices is expected to cause substantial PC price hikes to preserve margins – Dell is said to be raising commercial PC prices by as much as 30% as a result. These price hikes could weigh on demand and cause PC growth to slow next year, with IDC forecasting the industry to decline (5%) in a conservative scenario and as much as (9%).  

Micron: HBM, LP Server DRAM Driving Strong Growth, FQ2 to Accelerate to 37% QoQ 

Thematic: 9/10
Fundamentals: 10/10 
Valuation: 6/10 

Brief Overview: Brief Overview: 

Micron is a primary beneficiary of rapidly increasing dollar content of high-bandwidth memory (HBM) chips with each new generation of GPUs. AI training and inference rely heavily on HBM for the massive memory bandwidth that complex models require. AI servers also use more DRAM and NAND than a traditional server. These are reasons that Micron’s cyclical fundamentals could become more secular as the AI economy is built out.  

In fiscal 2025, Micron’s HBM, high-capacity dual in-line memory modules (DIMMs) and low-power (LP) server DRAM revenue reached $10 billion, up more than fivefold from the prior year, while HBM alone reached $2 billion in revenue in Q4.  

Management expects robust AI server demand, the shift to HBM4 and tight DRAM supply to drive substantial records for revenue, gross margin, EPS and free cash flow for fiscal 2026 with business strengthening throughout the year. Micron also expects these tight market conditions to persist beyond 2026. 

What Micron will need to answer is if the cyclical nature of the memory market will smooth out as the dollar content of memory is rapidly increasing. Data center is already proving to be a strong driver of growth for Micron, accounting for 56% of sales in FY25, up from 35% in FY24. On a dollar basis, data center revenue surged 137% YoY to $20.75 billion for the year.  

Overall Revenue Growth Overall Revenue Growth 

Micron reported record Q1 revenue of $13.64 billion, beating estimates by 5.9% and accelerating 10.7 points to 56.7% YoY growth. Sequentially, growth was 20.6% QoQ, just one point slower than Q4’s 21.7% QoQ growth. DRAM products (within that HBM and LPDDR5X) were the primary driver of Q1’s results, with revenue up 69% YoY and 20% QoQ to $10.8 billion, or 79% of revenue. 

Micron also delivered one of the largest beats in AI semiconductors outside of Nvidia’s May 2023 report with its Q2 guidance. Management forecast revenue of $18.7 billion, +/- $0.4 billion for next quarter, more than 31% above estimates for $14.23 billion. This corresponds to a very sharp 75.5 point acceleration to 132.2% YoY growth, while QoQ growth would accelerate to 37.1% at the midpoint of the guide.  

Micron has not provided a full-year guide for revenue, but current consensus estimates call for 98% growth to $73.98 billion in revenue. 

AI Revenue Growth AI Revenue Growth 

In Q1, Micron's data center revenue rose 55% YoY to $7.66 billion (56% of company revenue), with growth primarily driven by DRAM (HBM/LPDDR5X) products and aided by data center SSDs and NAND components.  

Micron’s Cloud Memory Business Unit (CMBU), which consists of its HBM, high-capacity dual in-line memory modules (DIMMs), and low-power server DRAM solutions, saw Q1 revenue of $5.28 billion, up 99.5% YoY. 

Micron’s other data center unit, its Core Data Center Business Unit (CDBU), consists primarily of data center SSDs and NAND components. This unit saw Q1 revenue grow just 4% YoY to $2.38 billion.  

Earnings Earnings 

Micron is expected to see robust earnings growth this fiscal year as margins are rapidly expanding on surging prices. In Q1, Micron reported GAAP EPS of $4.60, up 175% YoY; this also is a sharp uptick from $2.83 in Q4.  

For Q2, Micron guided for GAAP EPS to be $8.19, +/- $0.20, nearly 74% ahead of estimates for $4.71 and corresponding to YoY growth of almost 481%, a 306 point acceleration. GAAP EPS growth is expected to remain >250% for both Q3 and Q4 to $9.37 and $10.04. 

For the full year, Micron is expected to deliver GAAP EPS of $31.17, more than quadrupling from $7.59 in fiscal 2025. Earnings estimates also moved more than 60% higher following Q1’s report and Q2’s blowout guide, moving from $19.42 to the now $31.17 estimate.  

Margins Margins 

Micron’s margin turnaround story has been impressive, with gross margin up nearly 57 points over the last two years and operating margin up 69 points. Micron also guided for substantial records for gross and operating margin in Q2, on the backs of strong pricing. 

GAAP gross margin in Q1 was 56%, up 17.6 points YoY, aided by the strong growth in CMBU which carried a 66% gross margin in the quarter. For Q2, GAAP gross margin was guided to be 67% at midpoint, an 11 point sequential expansion and up 31.2 points YoY.  

GAAP operating margin was 45%, up 12.7 points QoQ and 20 points YoY, again aided by CMBU which carried a 55% margin in the quarter. For Q2, Micron implied operating margin to be 58.7%, up 12.7 points QoQ and 36.7 points YoY, signaling strong tailwinds from surging DRAM prices. 

GAAP net margin was 38.4% in Q1, up 10.1 points QoQ and nearly 17 points YoY.  

Cash Cash 

Operating cash flow was $8.41 billion in Q1, up more than 159% YoY and nearly 47% QoQ. OCF margin was 61.7%, up 10 points QoQ and up 24.4 points YoY.  

Adjusted free cash flow was $3.91 billion in Q1, up sharply from $803 million in Q4 and $112 million in the year ago quarter. Adjusted FCF margin was 28.6%, up from 7.1% in the prior quarter and 1.3% in the year ago quarter. 

Micron reported total cash and equivalents of $12.0 billion and total debt of $11.76 billion. 

Valuation Valuation 

Despite its recent rally, Micron trades at somewhat reasonable multiples, well below its peak from 2024. On the top line, Micron trades at 4.4x forward revenue, 22% above its average 3.6x multiple and far below its peak of 6.8x from mid 2024. 

On the bottom line, Micron trades at 9x forward earnings, though its 40.9x average is skewed higher by 2024’s >100x multiples when margins were razor-thin. Since the start of 2025, Micron has traded as high as 16x forward earnings, and as low as 3x on its fiscal-year reset in September. 

Notable Risks Notable Risks 

Micron’s growth to this point and beyond has been centered around HBM and data center DRAM products, both on the top and bottom lines. Rising HBM demand in 2026 as next-gen GPU systems ramp and content growth in LP server DRAM are strong tailwinds for growth, yet sharply rising DRAM prices from tight supply could cut into demand for consumer electronics products. This is Micron’s second largest segment and growth driver (Mobile and Client), with nearly $4.3 billion in revenue and a 47% operating margin in Q1, and any demand softness from price hikes could be felt more acutely in 2026.

Conclusion: 

We are thrilled about our new tier Discovery as we’ve seen immediate results in 2025 after delivering a separate tier for new ideas. We quickly spotted the limitations around running an active portfolio that does not dedicate a separate effort to new idea generation as the market moves fast with new winners emerging every year. It would be easy to miss up-and-coming momentum stocks without this tier – especially for enthusiastic AI investors, such as ourselves.  

We believe pointing out names that are not often spoken of (yet) while also reiterating those that are well-known yet remain strong quarter-after-quarter allows us to go beyond the I/O Fund portfolio to offer maximum value from our research efforts. 

As we look at Q4 and beyond, we believe this quarterly analysis combined with an actively managed Top 10 list will become a strong offering in 2026. Our cumulative record proves we are one of the strongest teams in the world on AI stocks and 2025 was no exception. Moving forward, our goal is to use our proven methodology to deliver additional value add as we participate heavily in the once-in-a-lifetime trend of AI.  

In the coming weeks, we expect things to shift rapidly as new information is published daily during earnings season. Please reference our Top 10 Watchlist spreadsheet and incoming analysis as critical tools for staying on top of the Must Know stocks in the space. We will also cover these stocks in a Discovery webinar hosted by Knox Ridley early next month. 

Stay tuned for frequent updates!

Damien Robbins, Equity Analyst at I/O Fund contributed to this analysis.

Every Thursday at 4:30 pm Eastern, the I/O Fund team holds a webinar for premium members to discuss how to navigate the broad market, as well as various stock and crypto entries and exits. Beth Kindig offers weekly deep dives including lesser-known cryptocurrencies and AI stocks, plus the team offers trade alerts. The I/O Fund team is one of the only audited portfolios available to individual investors. If you’d like to subscribe to the Advanced Market Signals plan, email us at premium@io-fund.compremium@io-fund.com.

Please note: The I/O Fund conducts research and draws conclusions for the Fund’s positions. We then share that information with our readers. This is not a guarantee of a stock’s performance. Please consult your personal financial advisor before buying any stock in the companies mentioned in this analysis.

Recommended Reading:

  • The I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas List for Q4 2025
  • Celestica Eyes FY26 Acceleration on Strong Networking Switch Demand
  • Nebius: Financing its Data Center Ambitions Will be Challenging
  • Lumentum: EMLs Driving Results, CW Lasers Ramping with Q2 Guided for 22% QoQ Growth
Posted in AI Stocks, Market Updates, Pin ContentLeave a Comment on The I/O Fund’s Top 10 New Ideas List for Q1 2026

Posts navigation

Older posts

Recent Posts

  • The IPO Glut of 2020: Why Valuations Have Gone Too Far
  • Zoom Discusses Two Important Catalysts In Q1 Earnings
  • Three Risk Management Tools the I/O Fund Offers
  • Micron Is Up 900%. Here’s Why the AI Memory Trade May Still Have Room to Run
  • Credo: Reliability Leader Aggressively Moves into Optics

Recent Comments

No comments to show.

Archives

  • June 2026
  • May 2026
  • April 2026
  • March 2026
  • February 2026
  • January 2026
  • December 2025
  • November 2025
  • October 2025
  • September 2025
  • August 2025
  • July 2025
  • June 2025
  • May 2025
  • April 2025
  • March 2025
  • February 2025
  • January 2025
  • December 2024
  • November 2024
  • October 2024
  • September 2024
  • August 2024
  • July 2024
  • June 2024
  • May 2024
  • April 2024
  • March 2024
  • February 2024
  • January 2024
  • December 2023
  • November 2023
  • October 2023
  • September 2023
  • August 2023
  • July 2023
  • June 2023
  • May 2023
  • April 2023
  • March 2023
  • February 2023
  • January 2023
  • December 2022
  • November 2022
  • October 2022
  • September 2022
  • August 2022
  • July 2022
  • June 2022
  • May 2022
  • April 2022
  • March 2022
  • February 2022
  • January 2022
  • December 2021
  • November 2021
  • October 2021
  • September 2021
  • August 2021
  • July 2021
  • June 2021
  • May 2021
  • April 2021
  • March 2021
  • February 2021
  • January 2021
  • December 2020
  • November 2020
  • October 2020
  • September 2020
  • August 2020
  • July 2020
  • June 2020
  • May 2020
  • April 2020
  • March 2020
  • February 2020
  • January 2020
  • December 2019
  • November 2019
  • October 2019
  • September 2019
  • August 2019
  • July 2019
  • June 2019
  • May 2019
  • April 2019
  • March 2019
  • February 2019
  • January 2019
  • December 2018
  • November 2018
  • October 2018
  • September 2018
  • August 2018
  • July 2018
  • June 2018
  • May 2018
  • April 2018
  • February 2018
  • January 2018

Categories

  • 5G
  • About
  • Accounting Tips
  • AdTech
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • Ai Platforms
  • AI Stocks
  • AI Stocks
  • Analysts
  • Application Monitoring
  • Application Monitoring
  • Applications
  • Applications
  • Applications
  • Applications
  • Applications
  • Applications
  • Applications
  • AR
  • Audit Reports
  • Autonomous Vehicles
  • Autonomous Vehicles
  • Autonomous Vehicles
  • Autonomous Vehicles
  • Autonomous Vehicles
  • Autonomous Vehicles
  • Autonomous Vehicles
  • Avod
  • Avod
  • Battery Charging
  • Bear Market
  • Bitcoin
  • Bitcoin
  • Bitcoin
  • Bitcoin
  • Bitcoin
  • Bitcoin
  • Bitcoin
  • Blockchain
  • Blockchain
  • Blockchain
  • Blockchain
  • Blockchain
  • Blockchain
  • Blockchain
  • Broad Market Today
  • Bull Market
  • Bull Market
  • Chainlink
  • Chainlink
  • Chainlink
  • Chainlink
  • China Stocks
  • Cloud
  • Cloud Infrastructure
  • Cloud Infrastructure
  • Cloud Infrastructure
  • Cloud Infrastructure
  • Cloud Infrastructure
  • Cloud Infrastructure
  • Cloud Infrastructure
  • Cloud Platforms
  • Cloud Platforms
  • Cloud Software
  • Cloud Software
  • Cloud Software
  • Cloud Software
  • Cloud Software
  • Cloud Software
  • Cloud Technology
  • Company
  • Company
  • Console Gaming
  • Console Gaming
  • Console Gaming
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer
  • Consumer Tech
  • Corrections
  • Crypto Investment
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Ctv
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Cybersecurity
  • Data
  • Data Analytics
  • Data Analytics
  • Data Analytics
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center
  • Data Center and Processing
  • Data Warehousing
  • Data Warehousing
  • Data Warehousing
  • Data Warehousing
  • Databases
  • Databases
  • Databases
  • Databases
  • Dating
  • Defi
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • Digital Ads
  • E-Commerce
  • Earning Updates
  • Earning Updates
  • Earning Updates
  • Earning Updates
  • Earning Updates
  • Earnings Report
  • Earnings Report
  • Earnings Report
  • Earnings Report
  • Earnings Report
  • Earnings Report
  • Earnings Report
  • Earnings Report
  • ECommerce
  • Electric Vehicles
  • Electric Vehicles
  • Electric Vehicles
  • Electric Vehicles
  • Electric Vehicles
  • Electric Vehicles
  • Electric Vehicles
  • Energy Stocks
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Enterprise
  • Ethereum
  • Events1
  • Events1
  • Exchange
  • Faq
  • Finance
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Analysis
  • Financial Markets
  • FinTech
  • Fundamental Analysis
  • Gambling
  • Gaming
  • Genomics
  • Glossary
  • Green Energy
  • Growth Stocks
  • Growth Stocks
  • Growth Stocks
  • Headsets
  • Headsets
  • Health Tech
  • Hydrogen
  • Identity
  • Identity
  • Identity
  • Inflation
  • Inflation
  • Inflation
  • Internet of Things
  • Interviews
  • Interviews
  • Interviews
  • Interviews
  • Investing
  • Investing
  • Ltbh
  • Ltbh
  • Ltbh
  • Ltbh
  • Ltbh
  • Macro Trends
  • Macro Trends
  • Market Trends
  • Market Trends
  • Market Trends
  • Market Trends
  • Market Trends
  • Market Trends
  • Market Trends
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Market Updates
  • Media
  • Membership
  • Mining
  • Mobile
  • Mobile
  • Mobile
  • Mobile
  • Mobile Gaming
  • Mobile Gaming
  • Mobile Gaming
  • Multimedia
  • Music Streaming
  • NVDA | NVIDIA Corporation
  • Performance Updates
  • Pin Content
  • Podcasts
  • Podcasts
  • Podcasts
  • Portfolio
  • Premium Research
  • Press Releases
  • Press Releases
  • Productivity
  • Productivity
  • Productivity
  • Productivity
  • Productivity
  • Productivity
  • Productivity
  • Reports and Whitepapers
  • Research Services Preview
  • Resources
  • Resources
  • Semiconductor Stocks
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Semiconductors
  • Social Media
  • Social Media
  • Social Media
  • Social Media
  • Social Media
  • Social Media
  • Social Media
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Software
  • Solar
  • Solar
  • Stock Analysis PDFs
  • Stock Updates
  • Stock Updates (Blogs)
  • Supplychain
  • Supplychain
  • Supplychain
  • Supplychain
  • Supplychain
  • Supplychain
  • Svod
  • Svod
  • Svod
  • Svod
  • Svod
  • Svod
  • Tech Podcast
  • Tech Stock News
  • Tech Stock News
  • Tech Stock News
  • Tech Stock News
  • Tech Stock News
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Tech Stocks
  • Technical Analysis
  • Telehealth
  • Telehealth
  • Telehealth
  • Telehealth
  • Testing Equipment
  • Testing Equipment
  • Top Tech Stock News
  • Travel
  • Trends Report
  • Tutorials
  • Uncategorized
  • Updates
  • Updates
  • Updates
  • Video
  • Video
  • Video
  • Video
  • Video Footage
  • VR
  • Webinar Alerts
  • Webinar Alerts
  • Webinars
Proudly powered by WordPress | Theme: iofund by iofund.co.uk.